Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Version 1.3 © Hogeschool Utrecht, HU Diensten Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Contents 1 Foreword 5 2 Organization of the study programme 7 2.1 Professional profile .................................................................................................... 7 2.1.1 Profession ........................................................................................................... 7 2.1.2 Details of professional profile .............................................................................. 7 2.1.3 Competencies of a new professional practitioner ............................................... 7 2.1.4 Graduate skills .................................................................................................... 8 2.1.5 Field of work and employment functions ............................................................. 8 2.2 Profile of study programme........................................................................................ 8 2.2.1 General ............................................................................................................... 8 2.2.2 Study programme objective ................................................................................ 9 2.2.3 The HBO (‘Higher Vocational Education’) level of the study programme ............ 9 2.2.4 Teaching: principles ............................................................................................ 9 2.3 Organization of the study programme ....................................................................... 10 2.3.1 Programme tracks .............................................................................................. 10 2.3.2 Abridged and accelerated study programme routes ........................................... 10 2.3.3 Certificates .......................................................................................................... 11 2.3.4 Degrees and titles ............................................................................................... 12 2.3.5 Structure of the study programme ...................................................................... 12 2.4 Preliminary year......................................................................................................... 13 2.4.1 Programme ......................................................................................................... 14 2.4.2 Advice concerning study progress ...................................................................... 14 2.4.3 Switching to another programme ........................................................................ 14 2.5 Main stage ................................................................................................................. 14 2.5.1 Admission to main stage ..................................................................................... 16 2.5.2 Programmes ....................................................................................................... 17 2.5.3 Internships and value of internships ................................................................... 20 2.5.4 Optional subjects component.............................................................................. 20 2.5.5 Excellence .......................................................................................................... 20 2.5.6 Graduating .......................................................................................................... 22 2.5.7 Follow-up options................................................................................................ 23 2.6 Board of Examiners ................................................................................................... 23 2.6.1 Establishment and appointments ........................................................................ 23 2.6.2 Composition ........................................................................................................ 23 2.6.3 Powers and responsibilities ................................................................................ 24 2.6.4 Petitions .............................................................................................................. 24 2.7 Introduction and supervision days, excursions, working weeks, and training courses ...................................................................................................................... 25 2.8 Facilities .................................................................................................................... 25 2.8.1 Supervision ......................................................................................................... 25 2.8.2 IT facilities ........................................................................................................... 26 2.8.2.1 General ........................................................................................................... 26 2.8.2.2 Student mail .................................................................................................... 26 2.8.2.3 SharePoint ...................................................................................................... 26 2.8.2.4 OSIRIS Student............................................................................................... 27 2.8.2.5 Password ........................................................................................................ 28 2.8.2.6 Information security and privacy ...................................................................... 28 2.8.2.7 Recording your study progress ....................................................................... 29 2.8.3 Student Desk ...................................................................................................... 29 2.8.4 Study association................................................................................................ 29 2.8.5 Programme committees ...................................................................................... 30 2.9 Contact details ........................................................................................................... 30 3 Courses 31 3.1 Course participation................................................................................................... 31
2/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
3.2 Enrolling for courses .................................................................................................. 31 3.3 Obligation to attend ................................................................................................... 31 3.4 Entry requirements .................................................................................................... 31 3.5 Course descriptions ................................................................................................... 32 4 Exams 33 4.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................ 33 4.2 Exemptions ................................................................................................................ 33 4.3 Organization of exams ............................................................................................... 35 4.3.1 Duration and form of exams................................................................................ 35 4.3.2 Exam timetable ................................................................................................... 35 4.3.3 Enrolling for and taking exams (including retakes) ............................................. 36 4.3.4 Voorzieningen in geval Facilities for those with functional limitations ................. 37 4.3.5 Proof of identity required for exams .................................................................... 38 4.3.6 Procedures during exams ................................................................................... 39 4.4 Assessment ............................................................................................................... 40 4.4.1 Assigning the marks; viewing the exam .............................................................. 40 4.4.2 Irregularities / fraud ............................................................................................. 41 4.4.3 Keeping and returning exams ............................................................................. 42 4.4.4 Validity of results................................................................................................. 42 5 Certification 44 5.1 Procedure for awarding certificates ........................................................................... 44 5.2 ‘Cum laude’ or ‘met genoegen’ (with merit) ............................................................... 44 6 Timetables 46 6.1 Annual timetable ........................................................................................................ 46 6.2 Holidays and free days .............................................................................................. 46 6.3 Days and times of lessons ......................................................................................... 46 6.4 Opening hours of buildings ........................................................................................ 46 6.5 Timetable information and alterations ........................................................................ 47 7 Complaints, objections, appeals 48 7.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................ 48 7.2 Objections.................................................................................................................. 48 7.3 Appeals ..................................................................................................................... 49 7.3.1 Lodging an appeal .............................................................................................. 49 7.3.2 Further appeals................................................................................................... 50 7.4 Complaints................................................................................................................. 50 7.4.1 Submitting a complaint ....................................................................................... 50 7.4.2 Requesting a review of how a complaint has been dealt with ............................. 50 7.5 Undesirable behaviour............................................................................................... 51 7.6 Complaints, objections and appeals diagram ............................................................ 51 8 Student Affairs 52 8.1 Student support and guidance ................................................................................... 52 8.2 Talent Grant............................................................................................................... 52 8.3 Student counsellor ..................................................................................................... 53 8.4 Confidential counsellor .............................................................................................. 53 8.5 Students’ doctor......................................................................................................... 54 8.6 Student Psychologist Office ....................................................................................... 54 8.7 Mediation ................................................................................................................... 55 8.8 Studying with a functional limitation ........................................................................... 55 8.9 Improving your language skills .................................................................................. 56 8.10 Media centre .............................................................................................................. 56 8.11 International Office .................................................................................................... 56 8.11.1 Study abroad ................................................................................................... 56 8.11.2 Internship abroad ............................................................................................ 56 8.12 Student participation .................................................................................................. 57 8.12.1 Consultation bodies ......................................................................................... 57 8.12.2 Support for students who are involved with administrative duties ................... 57 8.13 Studium Generale...................................................................................................... 58 3/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
8.14 Student association ................................................................................................... 58 8.14.1 General ........................................................................................................... 58 8.14.2 Administrative grant ........................................................................................ 58 8.15 Top-level sport ........................................................................................................... 59 8.16 Trajectum................................................................................................................... 59 8.17 Sports ........................................................................................................................ 59 8.18 Safe, healthy, and environmentally-friendly study ..................................................... 59 8.19 Insurance cover: liability, accident, and travel ........................................................... 62 8.20 Having a job while studying ....................................................................................... 62 8.21 Accommodation ......................................................................................................... 62 9 About the HU 63 9.1 General information ................................................................................................... 63 9.1.1 Education profile of the HU ................................................................................. 63 9.1.2 Bachelor’s and Master’s system ......................................................................... 64 9.1.3 HU and faculty regulations .................................................................................. 65 9.1.4 Rules governing order ........................................................................................ 66 9.1.5 Quality assurance ............................................................................................... 66 9.1.6 HU organizational chart ...................................................................................... 67 9.1.7 HU locations ....................................................................................................... 67 9.2 General information on the faculty economics & management ................................. 67 9.2.1 General ............................................................................................................... 67 9.2.2 Organizational chart of the faculty ...................................................................... 68 9.2.3 Contact information ............................................................................................. 68 9.2.4 Map ..................................................................................................................... 68 9.2.5 Practical provisions and instructions ................................................................... 69 9.2.6 Facilities .............................................................................................................. 70 9.2.7 Enrolment for and unenrolling from the study programme .................................. 72 9.2.8 Admission test .................................................................................................... 73 9.2.9 Study costs, supplementary fees, and rebates ................................................... 73 9.2.9.1 Tuition fees...................................................................................................... 73 9.2.9.2 Costs of books and learning materials ............................................................ 75 9.2.9.3 Other costs ...................................................................................................... 75 9.2.9.4 Financial assistance ........................................................................................ 75 10 Course descriptions 76 11 Appendices 216 11.1 Teaching and Examination Regulations .................................................................... 216 11.2 Other regulations ....................................................................................................... 216
The definitive version of this Study Guide was accepted on 21 June 2013 by the Board of Directors after receiving advice from the Programme Council and approved by the faculty director on 24 June 2013.
4/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
1
Foreword
Dear Student, Welcome to the 2013-2014 Study Guide for the International Business & Management Studies programme. We hope that you will have a pleasant and successful study time on our study programme. In this study guide, you will find important rules and information which can help you to do so. Hogeschool Utrecht offers demand-driven and competency-based education. Competency-based means that you will be well 1 prepared when you begin your professional life (see 2.1 ). Demand-driven: we aim to structure teaching and the related support activities in a way that enables you to develop during your time as a student in the way that you prefer and which best suits your needs. Below you will find information about the most important aspects of your course and the choices available to you. Influence of the students Many of the choices we offer have been devised or improved as a result of initiatives by your fellow students. The HU (University of Applied Sciences Utrecht) regards you as a partner – you are part of our knowledge community, so we greatly value your ideas and opinions. Your first opportunity to air your views is in the evaluations of every module, in which you can give your assessment and tips for improvements. We also organize dialogue sessions for each programme and in each faculty, in which we discuss your study programme and all the aspects related to it. The HU supports the active participation of students on Programme Committees and participatory bodies (8.12). Every year, we ask you to fill in the NSE (National Student Survey). And if there is a lecturer who has particularly impressed you, you can nominate him or her as the lecturer of the year! Excellence The HU values and encourages different types of excellence. If you get excellent results in your exams, your diploma may bear the words ‘cum laude’ or ‘met genoegen’ (‘with merit’) (5.2). However, you can also shine in other areas, like innovation and leadership, something the HU is keen to promote, and the honours programme (SIRIUS) has been developed for that purpose. You can collect ‘stars’ and if you are really outstanding, will be awarded the official designation of ‘Excellent Student’ (2.5.5). In breadth, in depth Many study programmes have specializations, in which you can work on a particular part of your field in depth. In addition, most programmes have an ‘optional subjects component’ (worth 30 EC; six months) that you can use to specialize in your own field or to learn about an entirely different field. This could be in your own faculty or at a different faculty; often, it is even possible to do a course at another educational establishment entirely (0). You can also put together your own exam programme – your study progress advisor (2.8.1) can help you with this. Permission for this is required from the Board of Examiners of your study programme (2.6). There is also the ‘Studium Generale’ (the scientific discussion platform), which runs inspiring programmes. What else? You can also use your time as a student to broaden your mind, and to gain experience outside your regular studies. Examples that come to mind are studying abroad (8.11), or perhaps taking an active part in running your student association, social organization or students’ sports club? (8.14, 8.17) We have already mentioned participatory bodies and Programme Committees. If you are a leading practitioner of your sport, you could combine your sporting activities with a study programme (8.15). As you see, there is a huge range of options that the HU actively supports. Falling behind in your studies You may find that your studies are not progressing as you had hoped, for all kinds of reasons. If this happens because of exception circumstances, such as illness or family circumstances, there are various 1
De nummers verwijzen naar een paragraaf in de studiegids 5/216
© Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
schemes that you can use to get help. If you miss an exam because of your personal situation, you can request an extra retake (4.3.3). If you have not obtained enough EC and are facing the possibility of being given a negative (binding) recommendation on continuing your studies, then you will be given help with a revised study schedule (0). And if you had a student grant in the past, and are still studying as a result of these circumstances beyond the period of your grant entitlement, then there is the possibility of receiving financial support (8) In all these cases, you should report your situation as soon as possible to your study progress advisor (2.8.1) or your student counsellor (8.3)! Of course it is not desirable that you should take an excessively long time to complete your studies. To prevent this, study programmes sometimes provide extra catch-up courses. These are announced via SharePoint. And if you have a functional limitation, it may be that you need a longer time to complete your programme, but that is by no means always the case. The HU has a wide range of facilities that can be useful to you in your studies (8.8). Problems and complaints Do you have any problems that are having a negative impact on your studies? Or questions because you don’t know where exactly to get assistance? See your study progress advisor (2.8.1) or a student counsellor (8.3): they can give you advice or refer you to the appropriate person or department. If you have any complaints about your treatment by another student or employee, you can also speak to a confidential counsellor (8.4). If the situation is escalating, our student mediators can often help prevent matters escalating further and restore harmony to the group (8.7). In the event that something at the HU is not right or you disagree with a decision, every faculty and study programme has its own ‘complaints desk’ where you can lodge objections or submit complaints (7.1). What does the HU expect of you? We aim to provide you with a study programme and a study climate that enable you to develop as much as possible. The HU expects all students to abide by the rules (9.1.4). Unacceptable behaviour (such as harassment, sending hate mail, verbal abuse or physical violence) will not be tolerated. To receive a diploma, it has to be genuinely earned. Fraud (4.4.2) is not tolerated. In particular, if it means that innocent students are affected because exam results are declared invalid, the penalties are severe. Both unacceptable behaviour and fraud may lead to the perpetrators being expelled from the study programme. As you see, there are plenty of opportunities to enjoy life as a student at the HU, most of which you will find in this Study Guide. Read it carefully, before you start your study programme. The table of contents can be used to locate any given item, but if you are still not clear or cannot find what you are looking for, look at SharePoint or ask your study progress advisor or at the Student Desk (2.8.3). We hope you enjoy your time as a student and wish you the best of luck in the coming academic year. On behalf of all my colleagues who contribute towards your study programme,
Karin Grafhorst Director of Institute for Business Administration
6/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 2.1
Organization of the study programme Professional profile 2.1.1
Profession
The professional field of the IBMS graduate is both broad and international. In practice, this means that the activities of the student will constantly involve international contacts, demanding special knowledge and skills in various fields, such as intercultural relations and international trade. Flexibility and adaptability are core elements of your activities. Every assignment will be different, and you will have to use your reliability, empathy and powers of persuasion to co-operate with experts from various disciplines. The wide knowledge of organization, management, commerce, finance and accounting, makes you a professional negotiator at management level, both internally and externally. Doing international business has become more complex as a result of new economic realities. In order to maintain a strategic fit with this changing business environment, both emerging markets and sustainable business solutions require additional knowledge and skills of students. At the same time, however, these also encourage the development of new, innovative business models. This requires a more ambitious, entrepreneurial attitude of the students. In this world of increased international competition, the focus in the field increasingly goes out to emerging markets. Where the initial interest was mainly focused on outsourcing (parts of) production because of low labor costs, these countries are now also becoming increasingly interesting as a market for goods and services, thanks to prolonged periods of strong economic growth and a continuously increasing purchasing power of a growing group of consumers. Simultaneously, companies from emerging markets increasingly manifest themselves internationally, and even prove able to take over prominent Western companies. See art. 15 OER-HU.
2.1.2
Details of professional profile
The IBMS graduate has an excellent command of English and is able to build up and maintain an extensive international network. As an IBMS graduate you are aware of the most recent social and political developments of the principal trade partners of your country. You make use of all the relevant national and international media. Moreover, the basic toolkit of the IBMS graduate will contain the key features of international legislation and regulation and of management and organization. In addition, you have a good insight into international relations. You are able to make balanced decisions in the fields of finance, marketing and business administration on the basis of knowledge, skills, discussions and a certain amount of diplomacy. You have ample knowledge and experience of cultural differences among countries in general and intercultural management in particular, enabling you to be a good negotiator at an international level. Your knowledge and experience are reflected in your customer oriented thinking and actions. Your management skills are based on being a team player with leadership capacities, that motivate and stimulate people to achieve company goals. IBMS graduates are characterized by reliability, empathy, adaptive skills and correct manners. They are also stress-resistant, have analytic and problem-solving skills and know when to call in an outside expert. See art. 15 OER-HU.
2.1.3
Competencies of a new professional practitioner
7/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
IBMS will concentrate on 9 professional competencies and 7 generic competencies (see 2.1.4). The professional competencies are listed in 3 groups: international business, general management and function key-areas. The 9 competencies are: International business competencies: 1 International business awareness 2 Intercultural competency General management competencies: 3 International strategic vision development 4 Business processes & change management 5 Entrepreneurial management Functional key-areas competencies: 6 International marketing and sales management 7 International supply chain management 8 International finance & accounting 9 International human resource management (HRM) See art. 15 OER-HU.
2.1.4
Graduate skills
The 7 generic competences are more directly related to skills and are listed in 3 groups: interpersonal skills, task-oriented skills and intra-personal skills. The 7 competencies are: Interpersonal competencies: 1 Leadership 2 Cooperation 3 Business Communication Task-oriented competencies: 4 Business research methods 5 Planning and organizing Intra-personal competencies: 6 Learning and self-development 7 Ethical and corporate responsibility See art. 15 OER-HU
2.1.5
Field of work and employment functions
Basically, IBMS graduates are generalists with a truly international orientation. Consequently, they usually end up in one of many different positions ranging from account manager, PR manager, general manager or sales and marketing manager to international treasury manager or human resource manager. Some graduates prefer to start their own businesses or become consultants. See art. 15 OER-HU
2.2
Profile of study programme 2.2.1
General
In its vision of international business, IBMS Utrecht focuses on sustainability, emerging markets, and entrepreneurship and innovation. To guarantee continuity, especially in the field of small and medium-sized 8/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
businesses, companies must continually look for an expansion of their powers of innovation with regard to international business. The curriculum of IBMS Utrecht has traditionally also included a relatively strong focus on sustainable business solutions. In addition, IBMS pioneered with a programme that addressed specific competences which are necessary to become successful in markets outside the western hemisphere, the so called emerging markets. IBMS Utrecht has incorporated subjects linked to these three focus points in its course programme.
2.2.2
Study programme objective
IBMS aims to prepare its students for a changing organizational environment which places demands on the acquisition of the knowledge and skills required of starting, international, broadly-oriented managers. The course provides a broad curriculum which covers all the fields of business and management. Within an international context, students work on their knowledge and skills in the fields of marketing, finance, management, human resource management and communication. See art. 15 OER-HU
The HBO (‘Higher Vocational Education’) level of the study programme
2.2.3
IBMS prepares students for a management position in an international environment in the fields of marketing, finance and operational management. To realize this, the course provides students with a study programme which is up-to-date and professionally-oriented, and offers them the possibility to develop the competencies laid down nationally with regard to international business and management. The educational objectives and the programme of IBMS are related to the tertiary, professional education (HBO) qualifications of the Commissie Accreditatie Hoger Onderwijs (Tertiary Education Accreditation Commission) as well as to the Dublin prescriptions. The development of competencies has specific levels corresponding to the stages of the course. The levels vary as to the degree of independence and complexity of the task and / or context. Level 1
Level 2 Level 3
The ability to execute a simple task. The student has the basic knowledge and skills to apply the competence with guidance in a limited context. The student can apply the competence independently in a relatively clearly arranged situation. The student can apply the competence independently in a complex situation with complete control of the required skills.
Achieved by the end of year 1
Achieved by the end of year 2 (including the internship) Bachelor level
See art. 15 OER-HU.
2.2.4
Teaching: principles
The educational concept used in IBMS is competency-based learning. The definition of a competency is “the ability to combine knowledge, skills and attitude to show expected behaviour when performing a professional task in an intercultural business context”. To develop competencies, students follow theoretical lectures and classes, undergo self-study for exams and write individual assignments. Students enhance professional skills through cases and projects in small teams, gain work experience on internships, and acquire international experience by studying abroad.
9/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
In competency-based learning, an important concept is reflection of individual professional development. Therefore, each student has a study career coach. Together with the student, this coach monitors study progress and the development of competencies. Study career counselling is important during the first year as well as during the main stage of the course, and information about it can be found in the course guides. The study career coaches support students in their study progress and development of competencies, and advise when there are personal problems. If there are personal circumstances leading to a delay in their studies, students can also contact (English speaking) student counsellors and a psychologist. The programmes are all taught in English by an international staff of teachers, with a literature list completely based on English-language publications and an international on-campus and external curriculum. The students are part of an international class room: the students in classes and project teams are a mix of Dutch and international students (degree seeking and incoming exchange). This approach is important for the attitude of the student in the international professional environment. From the initial months of their study onwards, students are instructed in a way that makes it possible to understand each other, even if the command of the language or cultural differences make that hard. The group work, the presentations and the year abroad all reflect the sense of community which IBMS aims to create. The course provides a study environment in which the student, both individually and in a team, can work on the competencies leading to the final qualifications required by the course. To achieve this, the course and its study programmes are arranged according to specific lines of learning: the integrated line, in which application of knowledge takes place in projects; the skills line (including communication and language); the conceptual line, which focuses on knowledge and insight; the reflection line, which focuses on study skills and attitude; and the practice line, which focuses on working in the professional field. There are close links to the variety of didactic forms offered: lectures and training sessions, internships, project work and individual study career coaching. Wherever possible, learning takes place in a realistic environment, mostly in the form of project work as part of the course. Use is made of simulations, international video conferences, and playing the Intopia management game in competition with other courses in Europe.
2.3
Organization of the study programme 2.3.1
Programme tracks
The FEM offers programme variants, which means that you can participate in a study programme full-time, part-time or in a sandwich course. However, the English-taught programmes only have full-time variants. IBMS is a full-time, undergraduate degree programme in English. Full-time programme A full-time programme means being available to attend lessons at the HU for forty hours a week. Full-time programmes are intended for students who have come directly from HAVO (Senior General Secondary Education), VWO (pre-university education), or MBO (Senior Secondary Vocational Education), level 4. See art. 17 en 20 OER-HU.
2.3.2
Abridged and accelerated study programme routes
Abridged versions are possible for those who have obtained exemptions for part of the curriculum. For more information about exemptions, see Section 4.2 Accelerated study programme (fast track)
10/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
A three-year fast track IBMS or IBEM programme is offered to select Dutch VWO and foreign A-level students. Admission to this programme involves a specific assessment procedure. The fast-track IBMS or IBEM programme gives students the opportunity to complete their Bachelor’s in three years and gain early admission to a Master’s degree. The programme consists of the full curriculum of 240 credits, which means an average of 80 credits a year. Students must be very competent and motivated to complete this fast-track programme successfully! The admission requirements are one of the below: Dutch VWO International Baccalaureate International A-level Bulgarian secondary school diploma International diploma with Nuffic valuation at Dutch VWO level and The student has passed the an intake assessment, which consists of a letter of motivation with resume and a list of marks of highest level diploma, a digital assessment (including a language and arithmetic test) and a written assessment concluded with an in-depth assessment interview. Deadline for students to apply for the fast track programme is Friday 6 September 2013 at 18.00 hrs. Students who are admitted to the fast track programme must pass at the end of their first year of study all propedeuse courses in year 1 to be admitted to the fast track programme of year 2. IBEM Specialization The International Business for Emerging Markets specialization focuses on economic and social business solutions for developing areas and emerging markets. This specialization programme is 90 credits in total and consists of three specific IBEM courses in the first year: a specific IBEM internship in main stage 1; the minor International Business in Emerging Markets, or a study abroad programme in main stage 2 at one of our Kofi Annan Business School (KABS) partners (Kenia, Zambia, Tanzania; Indonesia; Nicaragua) or at a partner in an emerging market (for this third alternative you need special approval of the IBMS management); and an internship/graduation assignment with a specific IBEM research subject in main stage 3. See also the table in Section 2.3.5
2.3.3
Certificates
As proof that you have completed the programme (or part of it) – the preliminary year, Associate Degree (AD), or Bachelor’s – the Board of Examiners issues you with a diploma, the Dutch legal term for which is ‘getuigschrift’. The following types of diploma are awarded within the Bachelor’s programme:
The ‘preliminary year’ diploma, for those who have successfully sat the preliminary year exam; The Bachelor’s degree diploma, for those who have successfully completed the final exam.
The diploma is signed by the chairman and a member of the Board of Examiners. A European-model International Diploma Supplement (IDS) is added to the Bachelor’s diploma and the AD. The process involves no costs. The IDS provides information on the nature and the substance of the study programme and lists the results obtained by the graduate. This makes it easier for ‘outsiders’, including those from abroad, to appreciate what the study programme and diploma entail. For each study programme, you receive just one preliminary year and one Bachelor’s diploma. In principle, diplomas are in Dutch. However, an English-language version can be issued instead of a Dutch diploma on request. The International Diploma Supplement is always in English. See paragraph 5.1 for the procedure for issuing the diploma. If you have successfully completed more than one exam but you have not attained a degree because you have not completed the entire examination programme, you can ask the Board of Examiners to issue a 11/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
declaration listing the exams that you have passed. Like a diploma, the declaration is signed by the chairman and a member of the relevant Board of Examiners.
2.3.4
Degrees and titles
If you successfully complete a study programme (Associate Degree or Bachelor’s programme) at the HU, you will earn a degree. The degree is granted by the Board of Examiners on behalf of the Executive Board. A Bachelor’s degree confers the right to bear a Bachelor’s title, an Associate Degree confers the right to bear an Associate title. In order to attain your degree, you must first pass the final exam. The subject or field in which the degree has been obtained is added to the degree title. The awarding of a Bachelor’s degree confers the right to list it after your name, abbreviated to ‘B’ (plus additional information). A Bachelor’s degree also entitles you to use a title. In that case, you may, instead of using the letters after your name (i.e. not as well as), use the following title: The title ‘baccalaureus’, abbreviated to ‘bc.’, preceding your name, if it concerns any other Bachelor’s programme. For all students who started their FEM study programme 1 September 2012: you will receive the international recognizable degree Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) after graduation.
2.3.5
Structure of the study programme
Study stages The programme consists of two study stages, which are dealt with in detail in this chapter: the preliminary year stage, and the main stage. The programme starts with the preliminary year stage, which you finish by obtaining a preliminary year diploma. This is followed by the main stage, which lasts for three years, and is concluded with the awarding of a Bachelor’s degree. In the case of an Ad study programme, the preliminary stage is followed by a main stage which lasts for one year and is concluded with an Associate degree. See Sections 2.4 and 2.5. Legal duration of study, study load, and EC The study load of the programme and its related courses is expressed in EC in accordance with the European Credit Transfer System (ECTS), which is designed to make it easier to compare study programmes internationally. One EC corresponds with 28 hours of study (including contact hours). Your study load in the preliminary year (propedeuse) involves more contact time with lecturers than during the main stage. This is because the preliminary year involves a special focus on exploring your studies and chosen profession. By contrast, students in the main phase have committed to a given study programme and are considered to be more capable of working independently on developing their competencies. Based on course evaluations, periodic checks are made to determine whether the programmed study load (as described above) corresponds to the study load perceived by students. Regular Bachelor’s study programmes last four years. The composition of the programmes is based on a study load of sixty EC for each year of study, or 1680 hours. The total study load of the programmes (lessons, private study, and internships) therefore amounts to 240 EC. The credits are distributed across the academic years as follows: First year: 60 ECs Main stage: 180 ECs (major of 150 ECs + optional course profile of 30 ECs). Breakdown of course load over whole programme: First year (60 EC)
Main stage (180 ec) 12/216
© Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Major (150 EC)
Optional course profile (30 EC)
The course description of each course includes the course load, expressed in whole credits. See OSIRIS (www.osiris.hu.nl). Credits are only awarded after the course in question is completed with the corresponding exams (and all sub-exams (if applicable)). The course load is forty hours a week. Programme structure The table below shows the programme structure of IBMS. The specialization IBEM (International Business in Emerging Markets) starts in the first (propaedeutic) year and consists of three specialized courses in year 1, specialized internships in main stage 1 and 3, and a minor programme IBEM in main stage 2 (optional subjects component). Preliminary year Semester Semester 1 2 Terms A, B Courses
Terms C, D Courses Projects
Including 1 IBEM course
Main stage 1
Terms A, B, C Courses
Including 2 IBEM courses
Main stage Main stage 2
Term D
Semester 1
Semester 2
Internship
Optional subjects component = study abroad or courses
IBEM Internship
Optional subjects component = minor IBEM
Main stage 3
Courses
Semester 1 Courses
Semester 2 Internship/ Graduation Project
or optional subjects component = study abroad Courses
Courses
IBEM Internship/ Graduation Project
For the internships you are referred to section 2.5.3. The study abroad in the first semester of main stage 2 is the obligatory option of the optional course profile for all non international students. You can choose study programmes out of a wide range of international partners. Your study career coach will support your preparation and the selection procedure. The study abroad coordinator will communicate to you about procedures and final selection. Note that the registration period for studying abroad opens and closes early: the deadline is on 1 February before the academic year in which you are going to study abroad. See Sections 2.5.4 and 8.10. See art. 16, 20 and 28 OER HU
2.4
Preliminary year
Study programmes are split into a preliminary year and a main stage for a good reason. The first year has three important functions, as designated by the government. Orientation It is very important for the sake of your studies that you take a programme that is suited to you. This means that the substance of the programme, the professional field for which you will be taught, and the way in which the programme is organized must appeal to you. One of the purposes of the preliminary year is to see whether or not this is the case. Selection
13/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
At the end of your first year, it is time to review your situation. Are you doing the right programme? Is the work too difficult for you? Have you made enough progress? The answers to these questions are good pointers as to whether you will ultimately gain your diploma in the allotted time. At HU, we determine the progress students have made by giving individual advice based on assessments by those supervising the students. This involves looking at the number of EC obtained by the student. It is very important that you are aware of the criteria for the study norm, as well as the rules relating to it. You should therefore carefully read Section 0 on Advice concerning Study Progress, so that you do not face any unpleasant surprises. Anyone who does not fulfil the study norm and who receives binding recommendations to the effect that they should not continue with the programme will not be allowed to do so. Referrals If you find that the programme is not for you, there is no need to panic. What is important is that you air your doubts in good time. It may be that your instincts are incorrect and that you do not yet have a full picture of the programme. There are amenities available that can help you if you are in doubt. You can go to the Study Choice Centre, for example, and take a study choice test. But it is important to remember that you should always contact your study progress advisor in case of doubt. See art. 18 OER-HU.
2.4.1
Programme
For a summary of the first-year academic programme, see the detailed course list with course descriptions available in Osiris (www.osiris.hu.nl) and in the First year’s English Bachelor’s programme study guide 2013-2014.
2.4.2
Advice concerning study progress
Study advice will be given halfway the first study year (February) and at the eind of the first study year (July). As for that, please refer to First year’s English Bachelor’s programme study guide 2013-2014 for information about the standards of the advice.
2.4.3 Switching to another programme If you decide to switch to a different study programme at the HU during the academic year, you will have to re-enrol completely, and gain permission from the new programme. If you switch during your first academic year, keep a close eye on the rules for the study recommendation. If necessary, ask for advice from the student counsellor. See paragraph 2.4.2. on the study recommendation. Due to the restricted entry requirement (‘numerus fixus’) to most FEM study programmes it is not possible to switch from IBMS to IMM or to a Dutch study programme during the academic year. To change to these programmes you must register for them before 15 May 2013 and participate in the national system of drawing lots. You will have to re-enroll for the next academic year. However, it might be possible to switch to IBMS before 1 November or before 1 February since this is not a study programme with a restricted entry, but you do need to meet certain conditions since the entry requirements are not equal. The enrolment procedure must have been completed prior to the dates mentione
2.5
Main stage
The main stage is the period of study after the preliminary year, and lasts until the conferral of your degree. The main stage involves three years of study (nominally) and consists of the following:
A major (main programme) of 150 EC
14/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
An optional subjects component of at least 30 EC.
Students who have spent more than half their lives in the Netherlands are obliged to do their minor at a partner university outside the Netherlands. Students who have spent at least half their lives abroad may do their minor in the IBMS, elsewhere in the Netherlands or abroad. During the main stage, IBMS students do two internships: during the last term of year 2 and the last two terms of year 4. One must be done abroad. The second internship includes the graduation assignment.
During the main stage, IBMS students must choose a foreign language. 1. Foreign languages within the IBMS programme: “IBMS foreign languages” (a) Students of cohort 2011 or earlier You have a programme of 18 EC in total in main phase 1, 2 and 3. In this programme German, Spanish and Dutch are regularly offered within the IBMS programme. (b) Students of cohort 2012 You have a programme of 10 EC in total in the curriculum of main phase 1. In this curriculum Business French, Business German, Business Spanish and Dutch are regularly offered within the IBMS programme. Native speakers of Dutch, French, German or Spanish must opt for another language than their native language. 2. Foreign languages outside the IBMS programme: an alternative route Students may request the exam board to approve an alternative route for an IBMS foreign language or an alternative foreign language. The following conditions apply: The approval of the exam board must be requested and obtained before the student starts this alternative route. The student submits a certificate of the IBMS or alternative language on the required level to the exam board (levels: see below). The exam board accepts only certificates of accredited institutes: a. A university, a hogeschool (university of applied sciences) or b. An accredited language school, only for these 5 languages with these accreditations: Chinese: Must be accredited by the Confucius Institute, the exam has to be an HSK exam. French: Must be accredited by the French Ministry of Education, with a DEFF or DALF exam. German: Must be Goethe Institut accredited. Russian: Must be authorised to give the TORFL (Test of Russian as a Foreign Language), accredited by the Ministry of Education of the Russian Federation Spanish: Must be Instituto Cervantes accredited
Note: if you study the IBMS or alternative foreign language at a university during your minor study abroad, then this foreign language can count either for your minor or for your alternative route, but not for both at the same time. 4. Native speakers cannot opt for their native language, and semi native speakers must pass their IBMS or alternative language on a higher level than the levels mentioned below: higher than B1 (cohort 2011 or earlier) or higher level than A2 (cohort 2012).
15/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Note: only the IBMS foreign languages passed within the IBMS programme result in a mark in Osiris, IBMS or alternative languages certified outside IBMS result in an exemption in Osiris. Foreign languages in this alternative route are: (a) Students in cohort 2011 or earlier B1 level for: the IBMS foreign languages Dutch, German, Spanish, or the alternative languages French, Indonesian, Italian, Portuguese or Russian. A2 level for: Arabic, Chinese (Mandarin), Finnish, Portuguese or Turkish. (b) Students in cohort 2012: A2 level for: all languages Other foreign languages than the abovementioned can be discussed and will be permitted only after approval of the management of IBMS and the Board of Examiners.
When all main stage courses have been sufficiently completed, students can apply to the Board of Examiners for their Bachelor diploma. See art. 19 OER-HU.
2.5.1
Admission to main stage
Once you have successfully completed your preliminary year and received your diploma for that year, you will be admitted to the main stage of the study programme. If you have received a preliminary year diploma for a study programme from another institute and wish to be admitted to the main stage of a study programme at the HU on the basis of that diploma, you must submit a request to that effect to the programme. The programme will then assess whether your diploma is acceptable. If you are admitted, you will not be able to obtain a preliminary diploma from the HU. See Section 0 (exemptions). If you have not yet completed your preliminary year, then it may be nonetheless possible to take modules in the main stage and sit exams unless the Board of Examiners decides otherwise. If you decide to take modules in the main stage of the programme before receiving a recommendation as meant in Section 2.4.2, you should be aware that the norm for receiving a positive recommendation on the continuation of your studies relates only to modules that have successfully been completed in the preliminary year part of the programme. So if you decide to take modules in the main stage but do not have a sufficient number of EC from your preliminary year at the time that the recommendation is issued, you may find yourself being given a negative recommendation. This means you will have to leave the programme, regardless of how many EC you may have gained in the main stage. Exempt students and exemptions If you have received a preliminary year diploma for a study programme from another institute and wish to be admitted to the main phase of a study programme at the FEM on the basis of that diploma, you must submit a request to that effect to the programme. You still have to be admitted to the study programme via the drawing lots. The programme will then assess whether your diploma is acceptable. If you are admitted, you will not be able to obtain a preliminary diploma from the HU. See Section 0 (exemptions). Who already has earned (a part of) the preliminary year at another university (of applies sciences) may also enrol. Then you are an exempt student and you may qualify for exemptions in the preliminary year. Your Intake coordinator may give you an indiciation ot the number of exemptions when you enrol. After your enrolment, the Board of Examiners will discuss your petition to see if you actually qualify for exemptions. If the Board approves, you will receive an official notification and the exemption will be registered in Osiris. For more information about abridged routes see section 2.3.2.
16/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
See art. 17 en 24 OER-HU.
2.5.2
Programmes
In each academic year, the programme department sets the curriculum of the main stage. This is valid only in the year for which it is set. The main stage courses are shown below, for each year of the programme, and include the number of EC that they are worth, and the OSIRIS code. You can find complete descriptions of the courses at the back of this Study Guide and in OSIRIS. Table: courses IBMS 2013-2014 four year track main stage 1 (cohort 2012) Stage Term H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1
Courses 2013-2014
A A B B C C C D
Finance and Managerial Accounting 2 Business Process Management Marketing 2 Business Ethics Economics 2 Project Management Lean StartUp Internship 1 Language electives (*) A Business French 1 A Business German 1 A Business Spanish 1 A+B or C+D Dutch Beginners A1 B Business French 2 B Business German 2 B Business Spanish 2 A+B or C+D Dutch Beginners A2
EC Osiris code 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 15
MBIB-FIMANAC2-13 MBIB-BPM-13 MBIB-MKG2-13 MBIB-BUSET-13 MBIB-EC2-13 MBIB-PROMAN-13 MBIB-LESTART-13 MBIB-INTERSH1-08
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
MBIB-BFRENCH1-13 MBIB-BGERMAN1-13 MBIB-BSPAN1-13 MBIB-DUTBEGA1-12 MBIB-BFRENCH2-13 MBIB-BGERMAN2-13 MBIB-BSPAN2-13 MBIB-DUTBEGA2-12
(*) Students opt for one out of these four languages. Native speakers of Dutch, French, Spanish or German must select a language other than their native language. Table: courses IBMS 2013-2014 four year track main stage 2 and 3 (cohort 2011 and older) Stage
Term
Courses 2013-2014
H2 H2 H2 H2 H2 H2 H2
A+B or C+D A or C A or C A or C B or D B or D B or D
H2 H2 H2
A+B or C+D A+B or C+D A+B or C+D
Optional subjects component Organizational Behaviour and HRM Business Ethics International Sales Management International Economics Corporate Finance Business English 3 Argumentation Language elective (*) Dutch Beginners 3 German Beginners 3 Spanish Beginners 3
Stage
Term
Courses 2013-2014
H3 H3
A A
Strategic Marketing Management 1 Strategic Marketing Management 2
EC Osiris code 30 3 3 6 3 6 3
MBIB-OBHRM-11 MBIB-BUSETHI-09 MBIB-INTSAMAN-09 MBIB-INTECO-00 MBIB-CORPFIN-09 MBIB-BUSENGAR-10
6 MBIB-DUTBEG3-10 6 MBIB-GERBEG3-00 6 MBIB-SPABEG3-01
EC Osiris code 3 MBIB-SMM1-10 3 MBIB-SMM2-10 17/216
© Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
H3 H3 H3 H3 H3 H3 H3
A A B B B A+B or C+D Year
H3 H3 H3
A+B A+B A+B
International Finance 1 Global Supply Chain Management 1 International Finance 2 Global Supply Chain Management 2 Intopia Graduation Project Research Skills Internship/Graduation Project Language elective (*) Dutch Beginners 4 German Beginners 4 Spanish Beginners 4
3 3 3 3 6 3 30
MBIB-INTFIN1-09 MBIB-GLSCM1-10 MBIB-INTFIN2-09 MBIB-GLSCM2-10 MBIB-INTOPIA-01 MBIB-GRPRRESK-09 MBIB-INTGRAD-11
3 MBIB-DUTBEG4-05 3 MBIB-GB4-10 3 MBIB-SPABEG4-01
(*) Students opt for one out of these three languages. Native speakers of Dutch, Spanish or German must select a language other than their native language. Table: courses IBMS 2013-2014 three year (fast) track year 2 and 3 (cohort 2012) Stage FT year 2 FT year 2 FT year 2 FT year 2 FT year 2 FT year 2 FT year 2 FT year 2 FT year 2 FT year 2 FT year 2 FT year 2 FT year 2 FT year 2
Term A A A B B B B C C C C A+B C D
Courses 2013-2014 Business Process Management International Finance 1 Strategy & Marketing 1 Strategy Marketing 2 Organizational Behaviour and HRM International Finance 2 Business & IT 2 AIS Business Ethics Corporate Finance Strategic Marketing Management 1 Strategic Marketing Management 2 Global Management Project AB Global Management Project C Internship Credit points FT year 2 in total
FT year 3 FT year 3 FT year 2 and/or 3
A+B C+D
Optional subjects component Internship/Graduation Project Language elective Credit points FT year 3 in total
EC 5 3 3 5 3 3 3 5 6 3 3 12 12 15 81
Osiris code MBIB-BPM-13 MBIB-INTFIN1-09 MBIB-STRMAR1-08 MBIB-MKG2-13 MBIB-OBHRM-11 MBIB-INTFIN2-09 MBIB-BUSIT2-11 MBIB-BUSET-13 MBIB-CORPFIN-09 MBIB-SMM1-10 MBIB-SMM2-10 MBIB-GLOMAPRO-13 MBIB-GLOMAPR2-13 MBIB-INTERSH1-08
30 30 MBIB-INTGRAD-11 18 78
FT year 2 and/or 3 FT year 2 and/or 3 FT year 2 and/or 3 FT year 2 and/or 3 FT year 2 and/or 3 FT year 2 and/or 3
Language elective (*) Dutch 1 (**) Dutch 2 (**) Dutch 3 (**) Dutch Beginners 3 Dutch Beginners 4
3 3 3 6 3
MBIB-DUTCH1-08 MBIB-DUTCH2-08 MBIB-DUTCH3-08 MBIB-DUTBEG3-10 MBIB-DUTBEG4-05
FT year 2 and/or 3 FT year 2 and/or 3 FT year 2 and/or 3 FT year 2 and/or 3 FT year 2 and/or 3
German 1 (**) German 2 (**) German 3 (**) German Beginners 3 German Beginners 4
3 3 3 6 3
MBIB-GERMAN1-08 MBIB-GERMAN2-08 MBIB-GERMAN3-08 MBIB-GERBEG3-00 MBIB-GB4-10
18/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Spanish 1 (**) Spanish 2 (**) Spanish 3 (**) Spanish Beginners 3 Spanish Beginners 4
FT year 2 and/or 3 FT year 2 and/or 3 FT year 2 and/or 3 FT year 2 and/or 3 FT year 2 and/or 3
3 3 3 6 3
MBIB-SPANISH1-08 MBIB-SPANISH2-08 MBIB-SPANISH3-08 MBIB-SPABEG3-01 MBIB-SPABEG4-01
(*) Students opt for one out of these three languages. Native speakers of Dutch, Spanish or German must select a language other than their native language. (**) These 3 EC courses are taken out of the new 5 EC IBMS programme in main stage 1 from 2013-2104 onwards; see for weavers and conversion below. Table: courses IBMS 2013-2014 three year (fast) track year 3 (cohort 2011) Stage FT year 3 FT year 3 FT year 2 and/or 3
Term A+B C+D
Courses 2013-2014 Optional subjects component Internship/Graduation Project Language elective Credit points FT year 3 in total
EC Osiris code 30 30 MBIB-INTGRAD-11 18 78
FT year 2 and/or 3 FT year 2 and/or 3 FT year 2 and/or 3 FT year 2 and/or 3 FT year 2 and/or 3 FT year 2 and/or 3
Language elective (*) Dutch 1 (**) Dutch 2 (**) Dutch 3 (**) Dutch Beginners 3 Dutch Beginners 4
3 3 3 6 3
MBIB-DUTCH1-08 MBIB-DUTCH2-08 MBIB-DUTCH3-08 MBIB-DUTBEG3-10 MBIB-DUTBEG4-05
FT year 2 and/or 3 FT year 2 and/or 3 FT year 2 and/or 3 FT year 2 and/or 3 FT year 2 and/or 3
German 1 (**) German 2 (**) German 3 (**) German Beginners 3 German Beginners 4
3 3 3 6 3
MBIB-GERMAN1-08 MBIB-GERMAN2-08 MBIB-GERMAN3-08 MBIB-GERBEG3-00 MBIB-GB4-10
FT year 2 and/or 3 FT year 2 and/or 3 FT year 2 and/or 3 FT year 2 and/or 3 FT year 2 and/or 3
Spanish 1 (**) Spanish 2 (**) Spanish 3 (**) Spanish Beginners 3 Spanish Beginners 4
3 3 3 6 3
MBIB-SPANISH1-08 MBIB-SPANISH2-08 MBIB-SPANISH3-08 MBIB-SPABEG3-01 MBIB-SPABEG4-01
(*) Students opt for one out of these three languages. Native speakers of Dutch, Spanish or German must select a language other than their native language. (**) These 3 EC courses are taken out of the new 5 EC IBMS programme in main stage 1 from 2013-2104 onwards; see for weavers and conversion below. In 2013-2014 IBMS offers a new curriculum in main stage 1: all 3 or 6 EC courses are taken out of the programme and a new 5 EC curriculum is offered. If you did not pass these “old” courses yet, you will have the opportunity in 2013-2014 via a weaver regulation; this regulation is published on the IBMS course intranet. From 2014-2015 onwards this weaver regulation does not apply anymore and the 3 EC or 6 EC courses will be converted to 5 EC courses. See art. 18, 24 and art 28 OER-HU.
19/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2.5.3
Internships and value of internships
IBMS contains two internships. Internship 1 is worth 15 European credits (EC) and takes place in term D of year 2. Students may not do Internship 1 until they have successfully completed year 1. The second internship involves a graduation project and is worth 30 European credits (EC). Year 4 students do Internship 2 in terms C and D. Before doing Internship 2, students must have successfully completed year 1 and Internship 1, and have at least 108 European credits (EC) in the main stage. IBMS students must do at least one internship abroad. Forms, rules and regulations, and procedures for the internships can be found on the information site Internship Office FEM on the intranet. See art. 26 OER-HU.
2.5.4
Optional subjects component
In addition to the main part of the study programme (major), there is also an optional subjects component worth 30 EC. This allows you to help ‘design’ your programme, with a focus on broadening and deepening your knowledge. IBMS students who have spent more than half their lives in the Netherlands must go to a partner university for their minor. There is a lot of choice but a coach will be appointed to check the courses you choose. They must be at third year level and must not overlap with obligatory IBMS courses. Moreover, you will be advised to consider your future career when making your choice. As a temporary provision IBMS students may choose for a minor or a premaster programme at home. In this case the student must complete a 30 credits programme equivalent to IBMS major courses abroad. For this temporary provision a student must consult the study abroad coordinator and must have permission of the Board of Examiners. Fast track students may complete their optional profile courses at a partner university abroad, or they may choose for a premaster programme at home. See art. 19 en 21 OER-HU.
2.5.5
Excellence
The HU excellence programme offers you as a student the opportunity to have activities you have undertaken to be recognized as an excellent achievement. The basis of excellence is formed by the Star System. Five aspects of excellence have been defined (leadership, reflective professional and expertise; vision, motivation and passion; internationalization; innovation and dissemination) and operationalized in assessment criteria, based on the profile of the excellent new professional practitioner. You can demonstrate excellence in each of these aspects by means of results achieved, which will earn you a star. If you have been able to demonstrate excellence on each aspect, you can obtain the Excellent designation. This is an official HU document which you will receive in addition to your diploma when you graduate. In principle, an additional six months’ time investment is required for achieving the Excellent designation. Within the HU, there are different kinds of excellence tracks. Activities that are eligible for recognition as excellent can either be developed by the HU (‘supply-based excellence tracks’) or put forward by yourself (‘demand-based excellence tracks’). Achievements are assessed using a fixed procedure. The Excellent designation is awarded by an Excellence Committee set up by the faculty, institute or study programme. The Board of Examiners has the task of procedurally safeguarding the assessment policies. Information on excellence in your faculty can be found on the SharePoint site at www.Sirius.hu.nl. Procedures Achieving a Star 1) You can either take part in a supply-based excellence track or come up with a suggestion for activities or projects of your own that could be considered for stars (demand-based excellence 20/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
tracks). In the case of the latter, you should put your proposal to the relevant examiner or your study programme Excellence Committee. 2) The examiner or Excellence Committee will assess the proposal in accordance with the established procedure and will inform you about the outcome. 3) In the event of a positive decision, you should complete your activities, where necessary. They will be assessed by the relevant examiner or Excellence Committee in accordance with the established criteria. Achievements that are recognized as sufficiently excellent will be registered as such. 4) When you achieve a Star, you will receive a written acknowledgement which will clearly state which aspects of excellence are applicable. Obtaining written recognition of excellence 1) If you believe you can demonstrate that you have met all the criteria for achieving recognition for ‘excellence’, you should present your achievements to an Excellence Committee. 2) In the event of achieving recognition for ‘Excellence’, you will receive a written document to that effect when you graduate.
Honours tracks Do you want to get more out of your studies and are you prepared to make an extra effort to achieve this? Do you want to be in a better position to stand out in the job market? Are you seeking challenges and do you want to excel? Then consider following an Honours track. The FEM Honours tracks are intended for ambitious students – students who want to get the most and the best out of their time at university. This can be realized in many different ways: you can participate in a programme within the FEM, but you can also devise and submit an Honours track of your own. All FEM students have the opportunity to excel. Join the scheme and
gain recognition for your (extra) commitment; get the best out of yourself; shine at what you do well; realize your ambitions; give your CV a boost; increase your chances of getting a rewarding job; expand your network.
Professional focus In the Honours tracks we always create a link with the profession for which you are being trained. This is why we define five profile characteristics which the beginning excellent professional needs to meet. These are:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
expert: has an interdisciplinary knowledge base and reflects on one’s own actions; innovative: contributes to professionalization of the field of work; international: puts the profession and tasks in an international perspective; drive: motivated to optimize both one’s own qualities and those of the professional group as a whole; leadership qualities: includes skills relating to planning and collaboration.
21/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Acquiring stars As a student at the FEM you can choose which of these profile characteristics you want to apply as the basis for excellence. When you produce an excellent achievement with respect to a profile characteristic you receive recognition in the form of a ‘Star Certification’. If you produce excellent achievements for all five of the profile characteristics, you can apply for the ‘written recognition of excellence. You receive this designation along with your Bachelor’s diploma. Honours tracks at the FEM There are various types of Honours tracks with which you can acquire stars. There is a fixed Honours programme which you follow parallel to and in addition to your regular programme. This programme starts in Year 2 and lasts for 3 years. The FEM Honours programme is conducted in the English language. You can also complete standard sections of your programme at Honours level and thus earn one or more stars, or carry out extra honours projects. But you can also decide for yourself what achievement you want to undertake in order to show that you should earn a star. Moreover, you can submit achievements outside your degree programme, for instance in your own enterprise or in voluntary work. How do I participate? If you are interested in an Honours track, or if you have performed an achievement that might be worth a star, then contact your academic career coach (Dutch abbreviation SLB’er) or one of the Excellence coaches. Your academic career coach knows you best and can advise you on whether an Honours track is the right thing for you. The Excellence coaches can inform and advise you about the various Honours tracks. Excellence coaches Monique van Wijk
Koert Busser
Ton Borchert
Management, Economics and Law (MER) Logistics and Economics (LE) Business Management (BM) Facility Management (FM) Small Business and Retail Management (SBRM) Business Economics (BE) Accountancy (AC) Financial Services Management (FSM) International Business and Management Studies (IBMS) International Marketing Management (IMM) International Finance and Control (IFC) Commercial Economics (CE) International Business and Languages (IBL)
Where can I find more information? You can find full information on the Honours tracks at www.excelleren.hu.nl. For further information you can also contact the FEM Honours Desk: Annet Grethe (
[email protected]).
2.5.6
Graduating
Studying at the HU involves concluding your programme with a graduation exam, which you can only pass if you have met the final achievement levels of the programme. Exemptions are never granted for the graduation exam or any part of it. In other words, anyone wishing to obtain a diploma must successfully complete the graduation exam. The requirements and criteria for graduation projects and reports are stipulated in graduation manuals, compliance with which will be strictly observed by the internship coordinator and the Board of Examiners. Every graduation project will consist of research, what will form the basis of an advising report. The research proposal will be about a problem in a (SME) company. Before carrying out the graduation project, it will extensively be tested on feasibility. The final degree will be established by the company coach, 22/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
lecturer and committee. The appraisal of the company coach should be sufficient, in other words, the benefits of the graduation projects needs to be clearly showed before the student is allowed defend its report. Please note that there must be a period of at least one month between applying for the preliminary year (propedeuse) certificate and the Bachelor's degree. For more information about the exam and the diploma, and for unenrolling after graduation, see Section 5.1. Digital submission and publication of theses and research articles The HU is one of the Institutes of Higher Education that is actively involved in the HBO Knowledge Base, in which publications such as theses and research articles produced in these institutes are made available in digital form to any interested party anywhere in the world. Conversely, they can also be of use for those involved in teaching and research. If you obtain a mark of 7 (out of 10) or higher for your thesis, then you may have it digitally published on the HBO Knowledge Base free of charge. One important precondition for this is that the company where you worked on your internship agrees, and that your thesis does not contain any confidential information. For more information, go to www.hbo-kennisbank.nl
2.5.7
Follow-up options
Because of the broad scope of IBMS as a bachelor of business administration course, students can enter Master courses in Business Administration, Marketing and Finance. For most Master courses on University of Science level a pre-master course is required. See art. 15 OER-HU.
2.6
Board of Examiners 2.6.1
Establishment and appointments
Every study programme at the HU has a Board of Examiners, organized at Faculty level. The Board of Examiners supervises the quality of testing and is the body that issues diplomas. The Boards of Examiners reach their decisions independently of the management of the study programme. The faculty has Boards of Examiners for the following programmes or groups of programmes: The Board of Examiners for the Institute for Business Administration; (BM, IBMS Bedrijfskunde MER, LE Bachelor’s programmes and the Intercedent, BM AD programmes and FM and BM in Amersfoort); The Board of Examiners for the Institute for Business Economics; (BE, AC and FSM Bachelor’s programmes and the Accountancy AD programme); The Board of Examiners for the Institute for Marketing & Commerce; (IBL and CE Bachelor’s programmes and the Assistant Marketeer AD programme). The Board of Examiners of the FEM in Utrecht meets regularly once a week, except during student holidays. To be able to take legal decisions, at least two members need to be present at a meeting. In case of emergency, the (vice-) chairman is allowed to take decisions individually. The other members of the Exam Bord will be informed about this the first coming meeting. To get in touch with the Board of Examiners see section 2.6.4.
2.6.2
Composition
23/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Check the informationsite of the Board of Examiners for the most up to date information to see the members of your Board of Examiners. You can find this informationsite via your study programme’s intranet. Every Board of Examiners is made up of at least three member, namely a Chairman, a Vice-Chairman and one or more members. The members of the Board of Examiners are appointed by the Faculty Board. The Board of Examiners can be contacted by email via
[email protected]
2.6.3
Powers and responsibilities
The powers and responsibilities of the Board of Examiners are laid down in Chapter 4 of the HU Teaching and Examination Regulations for Bachelor’s programmes and in the HU Board of Examiners Faculty Regulations. Among the responsibilities of the Board of Examiners is to ensure that the rules relating to teaching and exams, as laid down in the HU Teaching and Examination Regulations for Bachelor’s programmes and study guides are correctly implemented. In addition, the Board safeguards the quality of the exams, gives advice with regard to policy formulation, appoints examiners, grants exemptions, gives advice on study progress, and awards diplomas. In addition to the frame of reference in the previously mentioned regulations, the Board of Examiners may also lay down rules with regard to:
Procedures during written exams (examination regulations); Invigilation during written exams (instructions to invigilators); Procedures during oral exams (examination protocol); Setting and assessing exams (examination guidelines); Imposing penalties for irregularities (fraud procedure), including declaring exam results invalid.
2.6.4
Petitions
The lecturers/examiners and the Board of Examiners implement the rules contained in the HU Teaching and Examination Regulations for Bachelor’s programmes and in the Study Guide. If you believe that an exception to the rules should be applied in your case – an extra opportunity to sit an exam, for example, or a different exam schedule – then you may submit a petition to the Board of Examiners, but be sure to do so in time. For example, if you would like to sit an exam during a forthcoming exam period, you should remember that the Board of Examiners will require a period of three weeks in which to deal with your request. When the Board needs more time (to consult a third party e.g.) you will be notified. All petitions must be accompanied by the following information: a. b. c. d.
Your name, address, and student registration number; Date; Your request, and the reason for it; The study programme and type (full-time, part-time, dual) for which you are enrolled and - if applicable - the course code of the course to which the petition relates; e. Any documentary evidence. The Board of Examiners will only look into a petition if the right form is filled out. Incomplete petition forms will not be discussed by the Board. You can find the specific conditions via the Board of Examiners’ informationsite. Here you can also find the deadlines for submitting the form. Do not forget to sign your petition, unless you submit the petionform digitally. Please note! Additional rules apply to requests for exemptions – see Section 0.
24/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
There is a difference between a request and an objection or appeal. You should submit a request if you wish to obtain a decision from the Board of Examiners. If you do not agree with a decision of the Board of Examiners, you may lodge an objection (and appeal). The latter works as follows:
You submit an objection no more than two weeks (the time limit for objections) after you have received the decision of the Board of Examiners, directly to the Board of Examiners or via the legal protection office of the faculty; The general principle is that the Board of Examiners must reach a decision within two weeks of receiving the objection; If you do not agree with the decision on your objection, you have the option of appealing against it. You should do this through the HU Legal Protection for Students office. Appeals are dealt with by the Board of Appeals concerning Examinations. The period during which an appeal may be lodged is six weeks after you receive the decision on your objection from the Board of Examiners. For more information on submitting an objection or appeal, see Chapter 7 or go to www.klachtenwegwijzer.hu.nl.
See art. 9 en 45 OER HU.
2.7 Introduction and supervision days, excursions, working weeks, and training courses For students following the International & Business Management Studies’ programmes there are no extra costs involved for the activities that are held. Kick-off programmes, excursions, work weeks, and so on, form one aspect of the study programme curriculum. Participation is compulsory. Students who are unable to take part as a result of circumstances beyond their control or because of personal circumstances (including financial problems), may be considered for an alternative assignment. You may submit a request to this effect to the Board of Examiners. See Section 2.6.4. If you are unable to meet the cost of the activities listed above for demonstrable financial reasons, you can apply to the faculty director for a reduction or waiver of the costs.
2.8
Facilities 2.8.1
Supervision
As an HU student, you are entitled to advice on the progress of your studies. Many lecturers have been appointed as study progress advisors by the HU. They function as a link between you, as a student, and your study programme: you can contact them for any questions or problems you may have in relation to your studies. This could involve such matters as your study progress, or the options available to you in the curriculum. If you receive an interim negative recommendation on the continuation of your studies, your study progress advisor will help you draw up a study plan. Study progress advice is the process in which you manage and learn to manage your studies and your progress. The purpose of receiving study progress advice is:
To give you an understanding of the requirements of the relevant profession; To enable you to evaluate whether you want to train towards that profession; To enable you to genuinely develop your knowledge of the practical aspects of the profession, so that you will have met the course objectives when you graduate; To enable you to make the best possible use of the time and resources available to you in order to achieve the best possible study results.
25/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Your study progress advice will be given during face-to-face meetings with your advisor, as well as in group meetings and assignments. As your studies progress, the intensity of the advice will gradually decrease. For our international students the international student advisor (ISA) can help you with specific problems that international students face when living in the Netherlands. If your study career coach is not able to help you out any further, you can get specialized advice by the main stage coach of IBMS or by the student counselor. The faculty has three student counselors: Petra van Benschop, Paula Keijser and Stijn van Puijenbroek. They can support and advice you in case of e.g. study delay by family problems, personal problems, a (chronic) disease or handicap; in case you doubt your choice of study programme or you want to orient on a follow up study programme; financial issues. If necessary, the student counselors refer you to specialists.
See art. 21 OER-HU.
2.8.2 2.8.2.1
IT facilities General
The HU provides a number of standard IT facilities, which you can access using your HU user name and password. You will receive these by e-mail, shortly before you are due to start your studies, after which you will be able to log on to:
Your own e-mail address (via www.nieuwemail.hu.nl); The computers at the HU. You can also use the wireless network inside the HU buildings to log on to your own laptop (Eduroam, www.eduroam.nl); The online catalogue of the media centre (www.catalogus.hu.nl); The HU intranet (www.sharepoint.hu.nl) ; Your own space for storing files (SharePoint; via your study programme intranet, My Site); OSIRIS Student (www.osiris.hu.nl); A number of public sites, such as Surfspot (www.surfspot.nl). You can use this to buy hardware and software at reduced rates.
More information about the IT facilities and current developments can be found on the IT website (www.ict.hu.nl).
2.8.2.2
Student mail
Students at HU are given their own e-mail address. This is an important channel of communication for keeping you up to date with the latest information regarding your study programme; in fact, it is the only email communication channel that is used for this purpose. Your mailbox can be accessed via www.nieuwemail.hu.nl, using your HU user name and password. It is your responsibility to check your HU mailbox on a regular basis. You can also use your student mail to contact your fellow students and lecturers. Every e-mail address can be found in the address book, and there is also a diary, a to-do list, and a list of contact persons. In addition, you can have mail automatically sent to your private e-mail address, and of course it is possible to synchronize your mail, to-do list and contact persons with your mobile or Smartphone.
2.8.2.3
SharePoint
26/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
At the HU, we work together digitally using SharePoint, but SharePoint is also used to provide information. In addition, more and more systems at HU use SharePoint to give users access to information. SharePoint works with Microsoft Office, which makes it easy to work jointly on documents, presentations or spreadsheets.
Intranet The HU intranet contains information from every faculty, institute and HU service department. All information relating to education and the organization can be found here. Your study programme’s intranet contains links to courses, notifications and diaries for the HU, the faculty and your study programme, which lecturers are off sick and of course the latest news.
Portfolio In order to provide optimum support for your study career, many study programmes make use of a portfolio. This portfolio is also digitally supported by SharePoint.
Courses Many of the courses that are supported digitally have their own space on SharePoint. The use of these sites can vary from the exchange of information – such as PowerPoint presentations by lecturers – to working in collaboration with your fellow students on projects or assignments.
MySite MySite is a personal page on SharePoint. You can use it to keep files that you can open and alter both at home and at the HU. You can also create workspaces where you can work either by yourself or with other students on projects, papers, or assignments. In addition, you can create a blog with which to share your knowledge with others.
2.8.2.4
OSIRIS Student
OSIRIS stands for ‘Onderwijs en Studenten Informatie, Registratie en Inschrijf Systeem’ (teaching and student information, records and enrolment system). The HU uses this system to record students’ progress – it contains your details, exam results, and information on which exams you have enrolled for. Every student can access OSIRIS via www.osiris.hu.nl. Once you have logged on, you can use the following basic functionalities:
View your exam results Using the ‘Resultaten’ (results) tab, you can see the marks you have gained for your last 15 exams (including interim exams), and there is a statistical overview of the average marks achieved for each exam. If you would like to view all your results in the current academic year, click on the ‘Voortgang’ (progress) tab. Under ‘Dossier’ (file), you will find an overview of all your results from throughout your time at the HU. You can choose yourself whether to view all your results or just those from the main stage, for example. You should check the results as soon as they are online, and report any errors within four weeks of their being uploaded to OSIRIS to the examiner whose name is listed alongside the result in question, or to the Board of Examiners.
Study progress If you would like to know which subjects you still need to do before being able to graduate, go to the ‘Voortgang’ (progress) tab. Under the ‘Studievoortgang’ (study progress) heading, select your study programme and indicate that you would like to view your ‘nog te volgen onderwijs’ (lessons still to be completed). OSIRIS will then compare your results with the curriculum, and will highlight which parts of the programme you have completed, and which you still need to do.
Applying for exemptions You can fill in an application form for exemptions under ´Studievoortgang – vrijstelling aanvragen´ (study progress – applying for an exemption). Your curriculum will then be displayed; this serves as the basis for your exemption application, to be completed on the relevant form which you can then print off. More information about granting exemptions can be found in Section 0.
27/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Exam and course information Information about exams/tests, courses, minors and optional courses, and on how to enrol, can be found in OSIRIS.
Enrolling for courses and exams Using the ‘Inschrijven’ (enrolment) tab, you can select with the help of a simple wizard whether you wish to enrol for a course, an exam, or a minor. This means, for example, that you can choose from the courses from the compulsory part of your curriculum, or look for a course from the complete range on offer at the HU. Information about the enrolment period can be found in Section 4.3.3 of this Study Guide, and more details about enrolment are given in Section 3.2.
Enrolment overview If you would like to know for which courses and exams you have enrolled, go to the ‘Inschrijven’ (enrolment) tab, and look under the ‘Overzicht inschrijvingen’ (enrolment overview) heading. The overview only displays the courses and exams that are being given at present or in the future.
Confirmation of enrolment It sometimes happens that you think you have enrolled correctly for a course or exam, but there is no record of this in the relevant administration. To prevent this situation from arising, you receive a confirmation e-mail in your HU account each time you enrol. You should therefore always check that you have received this notice, and be careful not to delete it.
Unenrolling from courses and exams If you have enrolled for a course or exam and now wish to unenrol from it, click on the ‘Uitschrijven’ (unenrol) tab. Check the components (courses or exams) from which you wish to unenrol, and select unenrol. Unenrolment from a course or exam is only possible during a set period. You will receive a confirmation e-mail of your unenrolment. Be careful not to delete it.
Amending your personal details Use the ‘Personalia’ (personal details) tab to enter your change of address and to upload a passportsized photograph. This will be used for your student identity card, a new version of which will be sent to you every year. If any of the information in the personal details section is incorrect, you should contact the Enrolments Office. Changes of address can also be entered via Studielink.
E-mail notification of results If you click on the ‘Aanvullende informatie’ (additional information) link, you can sign up to e-mails every time you receive a result. If 'E-mail resultaten' (e-mail results) is set to 'Aangemeld' (signed up), you will receive an e-mail whenever a result is entered into OSIRIS. If you have it set to 'Afgemeld' (not signed up), you will not.
2.8.2.5
Password
Your HU password expires after a period of time, and you will receive an automatic request to enter a new password. This can be done from any workplace at the HU. You can also change your password from home via www.wachtwoord.hu.nl. The new password must consist of eight characters and contain both letters and numerals. You can also use this website to reset your password in case you have forgotten your old one; a one-off text message containing the new password will be sent to you. Please note: different passwords are needed for some elements of your study programme. If you have any questions or need assistance in relation to your password, go to the education desk (see Section 2.8.3) or the www.ict.hu.nl website.
2.8.2.6
Information security and privacy
28/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
The HU attaches a great deal of value to information security. We have applied measures to our entire infrastructure to ensure the maximum possible protection from misuse of the data at HU. In addition, there are rules with regard to the use of the computers and the HU network – these are contained in the IT code of conduct (see www.reglementen.hu.nl). You are expected to know and adhere to these rules. As a user, you can also take steps to improve security:
Do not leave any computer you have logged into unattended; Do not tell anyone else your password; Remove immediately letters and lists containing confidential information from the printer; E-mail any questions or comments regarding the topic of confidentiality to
[email protected]. The HU also has privacy regulations based on the Dutch Data Protection Act, which deals with the protection of personal information. The regulations describe, among other things, what information is confidential and what rules apply with regard to how it is used. The www.ict.hu.nl website has more information on this.
2.8.2.7
Recording your study progress
Your study results are recorded in the HU digital study progress system, OSIRIS. See Section 2.8.2.4. Study progress is expressed in EC in accordance with the European Credit Transfer System (EC). For each course that you conclude with a pass, you will be awarded the EC available for that course. No EC are awarded for interim exams. See also Section 4.4. See art. 21 OER-HU.
2.8.3
Student Desk
You can use the Student Desk for all educational questions, like: Questions about the organisation; Making appointments with student counsellors; Information on changing your registration or changing your study programme; General questions on the study programme, such as: timetables, exam timetables and availability of lecturers; Complaints via Tips & Dips 088 481 62 40 You can call the Student Desk on 088 481 62 01 or e-mail
[email protected]. You can also consult information at the information of the Student Desk via your study ptrogramme’s intranet. There you can also consult answers to frequently asked asked questions (FAQ’s) Student Desk opening hours: During teaching and organisation days: Monday to Friday from 9.00 to 16.00; During vacations: daily from 10.00 to 12.00 and 13.00 to 15.00 with the exception of days of obligation. During test days: daily from 30 minutes before the start of the first exam until 30 minutes after the start of the last exam.
2.8.4
Study association
The aim of study associations is to help you enjoy your time as a student as much as possible. Study associations not only organize social activities, but they also run programme-related activities and help you become involved with your programme, the HU, and your future professional field. The study associations at HU are united in the OSHU umbrella organization, which represents the interests of the various associations across the HU. SV Forum is active at the FEM. You can find it in room 0.49 or reach them by telephone 088 481 63 47 or e-mail:
[email protected] 29/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2.8.5
Programme committees
Each study programme also has a programme committee. In some cases, several study programmes are represented by the same programme committee, in which case it is known as a Joint Programme Committee. The committees are advisory bodies to the institution management, advising on such matters as the content of lessons, study progress advice that is given and the practical components of study programmes. The programme committees include students among their number. If you have a good idea for improving your study programme, be sure to let the programme committee know! If you would like to become a member of your programme committee yourself, you can stand as a candidate at the next elections. You can get more information from the coordinator for administrative participation by students, who can be reached at
[email protected] (OPTIONAL TEXT: or e-mail the programme committee at (programme committee’s e-mail address). The coordinator also provides support for the programme committees.
2.9
Contact details
Information about the reachability of the management team or teachers can be found at the Student Desk (see section 2.8.3).
30/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
3 3.1
Courses Course participation
Your study programme curriculum is composed of ‘teaching units’, or courses. A course is a cohesive whole of the knowledge, insight, and skills to be acquired by the students, with a study load expressed in study credits or EC. Each course is concluded with an exam. Every course is listed at the back of this Study Guide, and they are all published in OSIRIS (www.osiris.hu.nl) before the start of the academic year, as well as in the course descriptions in Section 3.5.
3.2
Enrolling for courses
You can only take a course if you have enrolled in OSIRIS (www.osiris.hu.nl) on time. You are responsible for doing this yourself, so you should always check to see if you are enrolled and print off the confirmation notice that you receive. If you are not correctly enrolled, you will not be able to take the course. You will be automatically enrolled for the courses in the first block of the preliminary stage. Course enrolment is possible until Friday 23.59hr in the first week. If you have enrolled for a course, you will be automatically enrolled for the first regular exam following the course. Should you not wish to take this exam, you can unenrol yourself from it up to one week after the latest enrolment date for the exam. See Section 4.3.3. If you enrol for a minor, this means you are enrolled for all the courses that make up the minor. Only, for the minor and courses of choise (with an exemption for international students) it is possible that the FEM may decide to cancel one in case not enough students have registered. The minimum is 20 students per course. Overview of the dates for enrolling for and unenrolling from courses: Teaching period Date Friday 6 September 2013 (23.59 hr) Period A (block 1) Friday 15 November 2013 (23.59 hr) Period B (block 2) Fridag 7 February 2014 (23.59 hr) Period C (block 3) Thursday 17 April 2014 (23.59 hr) Period D (block 4)
3.3
Obligation to attend
Attendance is an important part of your development as a student. It contributes to becoming a professional at university of applied sciences level. The OER HU specifies that the study programme may make attendance for a course or part of course compulsory if attendance is essential to examination for that subject. This may be the case, for example, for practical knowledge gained during lessons. Chapter 10 (course description) gives further explanation regarding a possible obligation to attend a course. If there are good reasons why you cannot comply with the obligation to attend, you can request an exemption from the Board of Examiners (see par. 2.6.4.) The Board of Examiners may grant an exemption, with or without substitute requirements.
3.4
Entry requirements
Every course is subject to certain entry requirements - see the course descriptions in Chapter 10. If you do not meet these requirements, you may not take the course unless the Board of Examiners has given you permission to do so. For more information about the procedure for applying for such permission, see Section 2.6.4.
31/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
3.5
Course descriptions
The descriptions of the courses in your study programme, which contain all relevant information, are listed in chapter 10 of this Study Guide. See art. 18 en 19 OER-HU. .
32/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
4
Exams
4.1
Introduction
Regular exams Each course concludes with an exam, designed to test your knowledge, insight, and skills. An exam may take the form of a test of the professional attitude of a student. The primary purpose of an exam, including group-based exams, is to compare what individual students have learned with the set objectives of the course. The Board of Examiners appoints the examiners who will set and mark the exams, and enter the results into OSIRIS. An exam can be split into up to two interim exams per unit worth 5 EC. In other words, a course worth 5 EC may have a maximum of two interim exams and one worth 15 EC may have up to six. At the FEM there are still courses not worth an equivalent of 5 EC. See for more information chapter 10. An exam pass is defined as one for which a mark of 5.5 (out of 10) or more has been awarded – marks are rounded up to whole numbers (see Section 4.4.1.). If interim exams have been held, the exam as a whole is deemed to have been passed only when every interim exam has been taken, and when their collective results are sufficient for a pass. The course descriptions detail the weightings given to each interim exam, including any interim exams for which a minimum mark must be obtained. Final exams Every Bachelor’s programme has two sets of final exams: at the end of the preliminary year and at the end of the entire study programme. To pass these exams, you must fulfil the preset norms. This means that all the exams for the relevant EC must have been obtained - 60 for the preliminary year, and 240 for the final exam (this includes the 60 EC from the preliminary year). You can only take the exam at the end of the main stage if you have successfully completed the preliminary year. As soon as you have completed the preliminary year or main stage programme, the Board of Examiners will assess your results at their next meeting. If you have passed and have complied with all the other obligations in relation to the study programme, then the Board of Examiners will award you a diploma. Procedural rules apply here: see Section 5.1. Graduation component Anyone wishing to obtain a diploma must successfully complete the graduation component. The graduation component may consist of a single course worth 15 EC, but it can also be a combination of several related core courses from which a clear picture of your final level of attainment can be derived. The graduation component consists of at least 15 EC, and no exemptions are possible (unless the exemption is granted before 1 September 2012). The graduation component may consist of one course, but also of multiple third and fourth-year courses as designated by the study programme. You may only embark on the graduation component if you have successfully completed all your obligations relating to your preliminary year. In principle, a representative from the relevant professional field is always involved as an advisor. See section 2.5.2 for more information. See art. 28, 30 en 42 OER-HU.
4.2
Exemptions
The Board of Examiners can grant you an exemption from exams and interim exams, optional subjects or even for the entire preliminary stage. This means you do not have to take the course in question and that you will be awarded the EC that go with it. By law, an exemption may only be granted if you are enrolled at the HU. The HU has decided only to grant exemptions on the basis of exams that the student has already passed, as follows: Exams that you passed that formed part of an accredited study programme;
33/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
-
Exams during a study programme, the quality safeguards of which are comparable to those of the accreditation system (see below). This is especially important in the case of foreign study programmes. In the Netherlands, ‘accredited’ means the study programme in question has been subjected to an independent external audit by the Accreditation Organisation of the Netherlands and Flanders. In practice, every HBO and WO study programme for which you can enrol via Studielink meets this criterion. If other study programmes are involved, primarily those from other countries, the Board of Examiners will have to investigate whether the quality of the programmes is safeguarded in a similar manner. The HU therefore does not grant exemptions for work experience. However, if the study programme offers this possibility, you can ‘cash in’ the work experience you have gained by having it tested in an exam. It is also possible to have professional products you have made while working considered for your study programme, which may give you the opportunity to accelerate your learning track. For more information about learning track-independent testing, see paragraph 4.3.1. If you wish to be considered for one or more exemption, you must submit a request to the Board of Examiners stating your reasons. This request must be signed and contain the following details: a) b) c)
d) e)
your name, address and student number; a description of the grounds on which the exemption is being requested; if possible, supporting documentation demonstrating the content of the course(s) taken (e.g. a course description or course guide showing the knowledge, skills and competencies tested); if possible, which course(s) the exemption is being requested for; an authenticated copy of the diploma with a list of marks or an authenticated certificate of exams passed previously.
In the case of a request for an exemption from the optional subjects component (or part of it), the request should contain: a) the decision by the Board of Examiners showing its approval for the content of the optional subjects component; b) an authenticated copy of the certificate/declaration with a list of marks for the results achieved elsewhere No exemptions are granted for the graduation component (see par. Fout! Verwijzingsbron niet gevonden.). It is true that in the past the HU was more generous in granting exemptions; any exemptions previously granted will not lapse, even where they relate to the graduation component or part of it. Exemptions are valid for six years and are granted by the Board of Examiners on the basis of the procedure listed in Article 40 of the HU Teaching and Examination Regulations for Bachelor’s programmes 2012-2013. In exceptional cases, the Board of Examiners may deviate from the six-year period. You must submit any request to this effect to the Board of Examiners. See Section 2.6.4. for general information about the procedure for requesting exemptions. Note: if you have more than 15 EC of exemptions in your preliminary year, this could affect the norm for receiving a positive recommendation on the continuation of your studies. More information about this is available in Section 0 of this Study Guide. Discuss first with your study progress advisor whether it makes sense to apply for an exemption. Requests must always be accompanied by written documentary evidence (diploma, list of marks, declaration, etc.). Within the HU, exemptions are only now granted for previous education. (For requirements, see paragraph 0.). Exemptions are therefore shown in OSIRIS as ‘VRY-O’ (on the basis of previous education). In previous years, when it was still possible to grant exemptions on other grounds, other codes were also used: ‘VRY-A’ (on the basis of an assessment of a certified RPL agency), ‘VRY-E’ (on the basis of knowledge and skills acquired elsewhere without an RPL assessment), or VRY (unspecified). Exemptions do not feature in any calculation of an average mark.
34/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Exemptions for subjects in the main stage may only be requested once you have formally been admitted to the main stage. See art. 40 OER-HU.
4.3
Organization of exams 4.3.1
Duration and form of exams
The purpose of exams is to test and assess the work you have done in your studies. This can take different forms, the most common of which are:
Exams with closed questions; Exams with open-ended questions; Exams with multiple-choice questions; Papers or other forms of written assignments; Portfolios; Reflective reports; Creating and/or giving a presentation or carrying out a task; An oral exam.
The course descriptions (chapter 10) indicate whether or not an exam can be taken without your having taken the course. This is important if you believe you already possess the relevant competencies as a result of work, other experience or a non-recognized form of schooling. As mentioned above (0.), the HU only grants exemptions on the basis of previous schooling, and not on the basis of other forms of experience. However, by taking an exam for which no attendance on the preceding course is necessary, you can ‘convert’ your experience into something tangible and accelerate your progress in the study programme. The examiners set the assignments, questions and assessment criteria and ensure (together with others who are involved with the exam) that the required secrecy is observed until the candidates have been given the questions. The amount of time available for each exam is given in OSIRIS and on the question paper, and is also announced by the invigilator. In exceptional circumstances, exams may be extended or curtailed. The way you will be assessed and the duration of the exams can be found in Chapter 10 See art. 31 OER-HU.
4.3.2
Exam timetable
Most exams are given during the exam period at the end of every period (every block). Your study programme department will inform you of your exam timetable (possibly as part of the semester timetable). The timetable will be published no later than 5 weeks before the start of the exam period via the notice boards and OSIRIS (www.osiris.hu.nl). You can use your yearly timetable to see in which period certain courses are concluded. Exam retakes are held in the week preceding the final week of the period, except the retakes for the exams held in the final period. These are timetabled for the last full week in August, just before the start of the next academic year (which starts on 1 September). The exam timetables give exact information on which day, at what time, and in which room the exams (or retakes) are being held. 35/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
See art. 31 OER-HU.
4.3.3 Enrolling for and taking exams (including retakes) Enrolling for exams You may only take an exam if you have enrolled for it in OSIRIS (www.osiris.hu.nl) in time. You are responsible for this yourself, so you should always check to see whether you are enrolled and print off your confirmation notification. If you are not enrolled correctly, you may not take the exam. If you have enrolled for a course, you will be automatically enrolled for the first regular exam that follows it. If you do not wish to take the exam, you must unenrol from it no more than one week after the latest enrolment date. If you are enrolled for an exam but do not actually take it, your result will be recorded as ‘NA’ (‘not present’) in ORISIS. This is treated as an exam result, which means you will only have one more opportunity to sit the exam. Enrolling for exams that do not take place immediately after the course (that is, the retakes) is your responsibility. For the enrolment dates, see the table below. After deadline enrollment (post-enrollment) If you have not used the regular enrollment period, you can use the post-enrollment. Post-enrollment for written exams can only run in lecture weeks 5 and 6 at the Student Desk (until Friday, 16.00hr) and you have to pay a fee of € 15,- per exam, with a maximum of € 60,- per semester. Post-enrollment by the Board of Examiners The Board of Examiners may, exceptionally, still enroll you for one of more extra exams in case of: Personal circumstances (e.g. serious illness) which made it impossible for you to enroll in time AND A study delay of at least 3 months occurs. If you send in a request based on you personal circumstances, your motivation has to be supported by a student counselor. There is also a deadline set for this post enrollment± you can file a petition until week 6 with the Exam Board. See chapter 6 for exam timetables Table of enrolment dates for exams and retakes: Teaching period Dates Monday 16 September 2013 to Monday 30 September 2013 (23.59 Period A (block 1) hr) Monday 25 November 2013 to Monday 9 December 2013 (23.59 hr) Period B (block 2) Monday 24 Februayi 2014 to Monday 10 March 2014 (23.59 hr) Period C (block 3) Tuesday 6 May 2014 to Monday 19 May 2014 (23.59 hr) Period D (block 4) Monday 30 June 2014 to Sunday 6 July 2014 (23.59 hr) Period E (block 5) preliminary year Period E (block 5), main stage
Monday 30 June 2014 to Monday 4 August 2014 (23.59 hr)
Number of exams / Retakes / Replacement assignment The number of times that an exam is held in one year is expressed in exam sittings. The number of times that a student may take the same exam is expressed in exam attempts. During the academic year, there are multiple dates for each course on which you may sit the exam. To find out when these dates are, see OSIRIS. Every academic year you have two attempts for a regular exam unless mentioned otherwise in OSIRIS or the courseguide.
36/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
For some courses there is only one exam sitting, because the nature of the course is such that a retake is not reasonably possible in the same academic year. Examples include internships. The course descriptions in Chapter 3 show when this situation applies. Taking a resit annuls all previous results obtained for the exam in question. If you have run out of attempts at passing a particular exam, and have not yet passed it, you may request the Board of Examiners to grant you an extra attempt in the following circumstances. Events beyond your control If you are unable to take an exam because of events beyond your control, you should ask the Board of Examiners for an extra attempt at taking the exam. ‘Events beyond your control’ refers to one or more of the following: Illness; Physical or other functional disorder; Pregnancy; Exceptional family circumstances; Other situations, to be assessed by the Board of Examiners. The programme may also grant an extra exam attempt if it forms part of a policy aimed at students who have fallen behind with their studies (or who are likely to do so). Students more than three months behind schedule with their studies Students who: a. have taken the exam at least once, and b. who look likely to fall behind with their studies by at least three months; may submit a request to the Board of Examiners for an extra exam attempt.
Exam sitting in the event that a course is altered or replaced The name, form, or substance of courses and exams may change or be replaced from one year to the next. In the academic year after any such change or replacement, two exam sittings will take place based on the old course. As well as an extra exam attempt, you may also ask the Board of Examiners for a replacement assignment. This means that you take the exam in a form other than the regular version. The Board of Examiners may grant such a request if; a. You have the right to an exam attempt, and b. You have already taken the regular exam at least twice, and c. A lecturer of the subject has given a positive recommendation regarding your request, and d. You are likely to fall behind schedule in your studies by at least three months. The Board of Examiners will also give permission for a replacement assignment if the student is unable to take part in a compulsory introduction, excursion or work week as a result of events beyond his or her control or personal (including financial) circumstances. See art. 31, 33, 34 en 36 OER-HU
4.3.4 Voorzieningen in geval Facilities for those with functional limitations A functional limitation is defined as all physical, sensory and psychological conditions of a chronic – that is, of a long-term - nature. Some limitations are easily observable, such as sight impairment or a stutter. However, other conditions are not especially noticeable, if at all. Examples that come to mind are dyslexia, chronic fatigue, ADHD, RSI, rheumatoid arthritis, psychological conditions such as depression, forms of autism, such as PDD-NOS and Asperger’s Syndrome.
37/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
See Section 8.8 for general information on studying with a functional limitation, and Section 2.6.4 for general information on the procedure for submitting a request to the Board of Examiners. General If you have a functional limitation or chronic illness, you can ask the Board of Examiners to modify facilities in order to allow you to take an exam in an amended form. If you fall into this category, you should contact the student counsellor as soon as possible (see Section 8.8). He/she will be able to advise you on the options available and to assist you with submitting your request. You must submit any request for modified facilities to the Board of Examiners in writing and in good time, together with a statement from a specialist. ‘In good time’ means that the programme department has sufficient opportunity to deal with your request and to make the necessary logistical arrangements before the start of the exams to which it relates. Amenities and facilities The HU provides the following amenities: - Modified exam material (such as a larger typeface, different coloured paper because of dyslexia or visual impairment); - The use of a laptop during an exam; - Extension of the duration of an exam; - Physical amenities in the buildings (in relation to the accessibility, for example). It also provides the following facilities: - Digital programs like Kurzweil, intended primarily for students with dyslexia; - A place to rest; - Student psychologists. The same restrictions are considered when you apply for an amenity as for a petition (see section 2.6.4). Without the support of a student counsellor your application will not be discussed. It is necessary you apply for an amenity in time. The deadlines are: Period Dates Sunday 6 Oktober 2013 (23.59 hr) Period A (block 1) Sunday 8 December 2013 (23.59 hr) Period B (block 2) Sunday 9 March 2014 (23.59 hr) Period C (block 3) Sunday 18 May 2014 (23.59 hr) Period D (block 4) Exceptions are made for applications for amenities after the deadline in rare cases (broken arms e.g.). General validity of amenities Any particular amenity granted by the Board of Examiners on account of a functional limitation or chronic illness will be valid for a limited time set by the Board. During the set period, you will be entitled to use the same amenity for taking another exam from a different study programme if:
You have notified the Board of Examiners of the other programme at the time of your enrolment and before the exam; At the start of an exam, you can show the written decision stating that the amenity has been granted; The Board of Examiners of the other programme has not refused your request for an amenity (any refusal must be in writing, and include the reasons for the refusal, and should be communicated to you before the exam takes place).
See art. 39 OER-HU
4.3.5 Proof of identity required for exams
38/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
To take an exam, you must prove your identity using a valid HU student identity card. In addition, you should be able to prove your identity at all times with a valid identity document (see Section 9.2.5) – this is to prevent fraud. You will be asked to produce this during an exam, so make sure you always have it with you. Within the FEM double proof of identity (student identity card and identity document) is always required within the study programme for students wishing to take exams. If you do not have a valid student identity card, then you may only take exams if you have a valid exam pass and identity document with you. The following documents (which must still be valid) are recognized as identity documents: passport, European ID card, Dutch or international driving licence or refugee document. If you do not have a student identity card because you have not yet received one, then you may apply for an exam pass in the week before the exam period (no charge is made for this). This is valid only for the exam period stated on the card. If you do not have a student identity card because you have lost it or because it has been stolen, then you may apply for an exam pass during the exam period. This is valid only on the day on which it is issued; the cost is €25 per pass, up to a maximum of €100 for each exam period. You are entitled to a reimbursement of the costs if you are able to prove that you lost your student identity card as a result of events beyond your control. In case of theft, that would mean presenting an official report from the police, for example. At the Student Desk you can apply for an exam pass or a new student identy card. You can only apply for reimbursement via the Board of Examiners. Exam passes will only be issued if you:
Are properly enrolled as a student at the HU; Show a valid identity document when making your application and on collection; Are enrolled for the exam in question.
See art. 35 OER-HU.
4.3.6 Procedures during exams The rules that apply during written exams are set out in the Examination Regulations (see 11.2), but here is a summary:
The student must be present in the examniation room before the offical starting time of the examination. Once the door of the examination room has been closed, no entrance is permitted. At the start of the examination the examination supervisor distributes answer sheets and-or optical mark reading sheets, scratch paper and examination assignments. Follow the instructions on the examination assignments and also follow the instructions of the examination supervisor. During the examination you are not permitted to leave the examination room with the intention of returning to continue the examination. Visiting the toilet during examinations is not permitted unless you have received prior permission from the Exam Board on the basis of a medical indication. Your examination work can only be examined if you also sign for submission of the work to the examination supervisor. Carefully check the number of submitted pages and that this is properly stated on the attendance list. If an examination answer sheet is lost, the examination will need to be taken again.
The examination supervisor checks that your name is on the attendance list. After this check you sign the attendance list )for the first time’. If your name is not on the list, you will be excluded from the examination and you must leave the examination room. When you submit your completed examination papers the examination supervisor checks the submitted and numbered sheets and notes this number on the 39/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
attendance list. You then sign the attendance list for the second time. You may not take examination assignments with you unless this is explicitly stated on the cover sheet. Resources for use in the examination You should bring the following items with you for each examination± pen and reserve pen. A calculator for use during the examination is provided by the FEM. Use of text books and-or law books, lecture notes, other notes, graphic calculators etc. is permitted only if explicitly stated on the cover sheet of the examination. The presence )i.e. not only the use’ of unauthorized resources is regarded as an irregularity. You may never borrow resources from one antoher during the examination. Mobile telephones, audio and visual media etc. must be switched off, may not be carried on your person and may not lie on the desk )in other words, they must be contained and hidden in a bag or suclike’. Switching on or making visible one of these rescources is regarded as an irregularity. Coats, bags etc. must be deposited in a place indicated by the examination supervisor. See art. 31 OER-HU.
4.4
Assessment 4.4.1 Assigning the marks; viewing the exam
Assessment of exams The marks given for exams (including interim exams) are expressed as follows:
As a figure on a scale of 1 to 10, whole numbers only; or As a figure on a scale of 1.0 to 10.0, and to one decimal place; or 2 In words: VRY-O (exemption); Pass (VD), Fail (NVD).
If you are enrolled for an exam but do not actually take it, your result will be recorded as ‘NA’ (not present) in ORISIS. This is treated as an exam result, which means you will only have one more opportunity to sit the exam, so if you do not wish to take an exam, make sure you unenrol from it in good time. The Board of Examiners may declare an exam invalid for all participating students if irregularities have taken place and the Board of Examiners cannot establish with certainty which students have and which have not been guilty of irregularities. Since in that case the Board of Examiners cannot guarantee the quality of the results achieved, it may decide to declare the exam results of all participating students invalid. In that case, NG (Not valid) is recorded for all students in OSIRIS. The Board of Examiners will ensure that those students not guilty of irregularities are provided with an additional opportunity to take the exam. For these students, the rescheduled exam will not count as a resit. The Board of Examiners may withdraw the right to take one or more exams for up to a year from anyone who is guilty of irregularities. No rights may be derived from any results communicated verbally. A student is considered to have passed an exam (or interim exam) if they achieve a mark of 5.5 or a pass, or if they have been given a VRY-O. The mark in figures must be at least 5.5 before any rounding off. This means that if the mark is below 5.50, it will be rounded down to 5.4 (and subsequently to 5, if the marks are to be expressed in whole numbers only). In other words, a 5.49 will be rounded down to 5.4, and not up to 5.5, and the student will have failed the exam in question. If an exam consists of multiple interim exams, it may be that not only the weighted average mark should be sufficiently high, but also that the marks given for the individual exams should reach a certain minimum level. If there is such a minimum level, this is listed in the course descriptions in Chapter 10.
2
Exemptions are shown as ‘VRY-O’ (on the basis of previous education) and, until the last academic year, as ‘VRY-A’ (on the basis of an assessment of a certified RPL agency), ‘VRY-E’ (on the basis of knowledge and skills acquired elsewhere without an RPL assessment), or VRY (unspecified).
40/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
If you complete an exam successfully, you will be awarded the EC for the course in question. No EC are awarded for passing interim exams. See art. 30, 31 en 34 OER-HU. Announcement of exam results As proof that a student has taken an exam, the results are announced by the relevant examiner or examiners in OSIRIS (www.osiris.hu.nl). Exam results are always under reservation of arithmetical, typing and other errors. As a student, you are expected to check your marks yourself. You can do so by printing out a results list from OSIRIS. Any errors should be reported to the examiner or Board of Examiners no more than four weeks after the publication of the results in OSIRIS. Marks in OSIRIS can still be amended after they have been checked, or if the norms have been changed, or if it is clear that an error occurred when the marks were being entered. After the four-week period following the publication of the marks, they are deemed to be definitive. They may only be altered subsequent to the four-week period with the approval of the Board of Examiners. See Article 37 paragraph 4 of the HU Teaching and Examination Regulations for Bachelor’s programmes. If you have questions about your result or changes need to be made in your results contact the Grade Registration Office via:
[email protected] 3
Exams results must be published within the following time frames : In the case of an oral exam, on the day of the exam itself, by handing out a written certificate. The result must subsequently be published in OSIRIS within three weeks. Other exam results must be published no more than three weeks after the exam is sat. Recognized public holidays listed in OSIRIS do not count for this purpose and may be added to the period for publication of the results. Viewing exams As a student, you have the right to view the exams you have done and which have been marked, whether for its own sake or as part of a post-exam consultation. You can view your work up to three weeks after the publication of the exam result, but no later than the resit. In exceptional cases, the Board of Examiners may deviate from this period, provided that the interests of students are not disproportionately harmed. The time at which exams may be viewed is given in the annual timetable. Students are not obliged to take part in any post-exam consultation or discussion, but you are entitled to view your written work during such meetings. You will also be given an explanation of why your exams were marked as they were. The lecturer presents the correct answers to the questions. The discussion also serves as an opportunity to raise any questions resulting from the comparison between your written work and the model answers presented by the lecturers. See art. 31 en 37 OER-HU.
4.4.2 Irregularities / fraud Fraud during exams is prohibited, and the penalties are severe. If you commit fraud (or are guilty of any other irregularities; see Article 38 of the HU Teaching and Examination Regulations for Bachelor’s programmes, 2013-2014), the Board of Examiners can take one or more of the following measures:
3
Exclusion from taking one or more exams for a period not exceeding twelve months; Withholding of the diploma, declaration or certificate; Obligation to take a new examination on areas designated by the Board of Examiners, and in a form to be determined by the Board before the diploma, declaration or certificate is awarded. Institute a supplementary examination which is equivalent to the original exam.
A week is a period of seven successive days. 41/216
© Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
In serious cases, the Board of Examiners may advise the faculty management to terminate your enrolment at the HU permanently. You will then not be able to re-enrol for the same study programme at the HU. This advice will be given if: 1. You have been guilty of irregularities on a previous occasion for which you were unable to take exams for at least six months, or; 2. There are aggravating circumstances, for example if criminal behaviour was involved such as: o Threatening behaviour or violence; o Using forged documents (such as diplomas and lists of marks); 3. You have in your possession, without the permission of the lecturer, the exam (or part of it) or information on how the exam norms are to be applied, having obtained them through theft, misappropriation, handling stolen goods, or from a fellow student, for example. You will be given a hearing before the Board of Examiners takes a decision. The Board will inform you of its decision as soon as possible, but within two weeks. For details of the procedure in full, see Article 38 of the HU Teaching and Examination Regulations (www.reglementen.hu.nl). If you unenrol upon receiving a penalty, then the penalty will be suspended and only reimposed when you re-enrol. The Board of Examiners is responsible for the quality of exams and may therefore be forced to take measures that also affect the interests of other students. This means that all exam results have to be declared null and void on occasions. In that case, an extra opportunity to sit the exam in question will be provided. It is also possible that the examiners or Board of Examiners have good reasons for suspecting that fraud has occurred, but that they do not have enough evidence and can therefore not impose a penalty. However, serious doubts remain in such cases about whether you have genuinely achieved your result through your own efforts. In that situation, the Board of Examiners may institute a supplementary examination which is equivalent to the original exam. If you fail that, that is regarded as confirmation that the doubts were well-placed, and the result is annulled and NG (not valid) is recorded in OSIRIS. If you pass the additional exam, then the original result from the first exam is upheld. See art. 38 OER-HU.
4.4.3 Keeping and returning exams Every exam is kept for at least six months after publication of the results, or until a decision has been reached in any appeals procedure relating to the result. For graduation products, the period is two years from the date of certification. Exams and graduation projects that are stored digitally are kept for seven years. You can get back your exams at your own request only after the storage period has lapsed. However, you may obtain photocopies of your work in the meantime (for which costs are payable). Every document relating to: exam passes; exemptions; the student’s enrolment for the study programme; the issuing of diplomas and declarations; is kept for a period of thirty years, in accordance with the HU Student Privacy Regulations. This is supervised by the institute or departmental director. Zie art. 41 OER-HU.
4.4.4 Validity of results
42/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
The results of exams, interim exams, internships and practical exercises are valid for six years, as are exemptions. Once it has lapsed, you may request the Board of Examiners to extend the validity, or it may rule that you must take an additional or replacement exam. Results from a successfully completed preliminary year and/or Associate Degree have unlimited validity. The validity of a result expires after 6 years. In your study list the not valid results are indicated with an asterisk. If the validity of your results expire, you can submit a request to the Board of Examinders through the form on their informationsite on the intranet. You will then ask for an extension of the validity of your results. For this purpose you must have a graduation plan to add. Without the graduation plan the Board of Examiners will not take your request in consideration. If the Board of Examiners will decide to extend your marks, she shall also indicate until what date this will be. The Board of Examiners can also decide to give an extra assignment if they doubt the result is topical. If the result is not recent enough, it wil not be extended. See art. 28 OER-HU.
43/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
5
Certification
5.1
Procedure for awarding certificates
The Board of Examiners will only award a certificate (or diploma) when the faculty management has declared that the procedural requirements have been met. Before such a declaration is made, a check is carried out to make sure you have complied with all your obligations with regard to the study programme. This means that you must have passed every exam and the marks are still valid, that you are properly enrolled as a student, and that you have met all your payment obligations. In principle, the diploma will be in Dutch, but an English-language version will be awarded instead if you so request. The International Diploma Supplement, which is issued free of charge with the Bachelor’s diploma and the Associate Degree, is always in English. You can only receive one diploma for each study programme. If you already have a diploma for the programme in question or you take extra courses or complete a second specialization, you will not receive a second diploma – instead, you will be given a declaration stating what you have done. Anyone who is entitled to receive a diploma may ask the Board of Examiners to postpone the awarding of it. You should request this in writing, stating your reasons, no later than one week before the date of your last exam or completion of your final research project. Postponing your diploma date may have financial consequences. It is therefore recommended that you seek advice from the student counsellor on this matter. If you ask that you receive your diploma at a later time, there are two possible reasons for doing so: 1. You are still in the process of completing a second specialization. In this case, both specializations will be listed on your diploma, the date of which will be the date of your final exam of your second specialization. 2. You are still in the process of completing extra courses. In this case, your diploma will be awarded for the exams you have taken as part of your study programme, and will bear the date of the final exam from the programme. For the extra courses, you will receive an additional declaration. See art. 42 OER HU. Please note! When you have obtained your diploma, you will have to unenrol yourself from the study programme via Studielink. This is not automatic. Your liability to pay tuition fees only lapses when you are unenrolled. See section 9.2.7 for more information. If all course of the preliminary year have been completed or you have completed the main phase, you can apply for the propaedeutic or bachelor’s degree in Osiris. See art. 42 OER-HU.
5.2
‘Cum laude’ or ‘met genoegen’ (with merit)
If you achieve good marks, you may be eligible for a ‘cum laude’ or ‘met genoegen’ (with merit) endorsement on your diploma. In order to get such an endorsement, you must meet each of the following requirements: Cum laude endorsement (see Article 44 paragraph 1 of the HU Teaching and Examination Regulations)
44/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
For each of the courses in the main stage (except any exemptions), you must have achieved a mark of at least 6.0 (this is the mark achieved before any rounding off of figures to the right of the decimal point); The weighted average of all the marks achieved in the main stage (except any exemptions, and not including interim exams) must have been at least 8.0 (before any rounding off of the figures to the right of the decimal point); The mark for the graduation component must have been at least 8.0 (before any rounding off of the figures to the right of the decimal point); You have not been enrolled on the study programme for more than four academic years; You have not obtained more than 90 EC in exemptions for the study programme in question; Results expressed with the words ‘Pass’, ‘Fail’ or ‘VRIJ’ do not count for the purposes of this calculation; the same is true for additional EC (such as those obtained during an ‘excellent’ route). ‘Met genoegen’ (with merit) endorsement (see Article 44 paragraph 2 of the HU Teaching and Examination Regulations) For each of the courses in the main stage (except any exemptions), you must have achieved a mark of at least 6.0 (this is the mark achieved before any rounding off of figures to the right of the decimal point); The weighted average of all the marks achieved in the main stage (except any exemptions, and not including any interim exams) must have been at least 7.0 (before any rounding off of the figures to the right of the decimal point); The mark for the graduation component must have been at least 7.0 (before any rounding off of the figures to the right of the decimal point); You have not been enrolled on the study programme for more than four academic years; You have not obtained more than 90 EC in exemptions for the study programme in question; Results expressed with the words ‘Pass’, ‘Fail’ or ‘VRIJ’ do not count for the purposes of this calculation; the same is true for additional EC (such as those obtained during an ‘excellent’ route).
In the case of both endorsements, the relevant marks are those recorded in OSIRIS. If you have been enrolled for more than four academic years as a result of acknowledged personal circumstances, the Board of Examiners may decide that you nonetheless should be considered for a ‘cum laude’ or ‘met genoegen’ endorsement, but you must have met all the other requirements. Scope The above only applies to you if you first took a course from the main stage of your study programme after 1 September 2005.
45/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
6
Timetables
6.1
Annual timetable
During both the preliminary year and the main stage, the curriculum is divided into five periods, A to E (or blocks 1 to 5). Periods A and B (blocks 1 and 2) together form one semester, as do periods C and D (blocks 3 and 4). Every year, an overview is drawn up of the periods for the forthcoming academic year, showing the weeks during which lessons will be given, the weeks during which exams will take place, and the holiday dates. The annual timetables of the faculties are available at www.roosters.hu.nl. Student can reserve a projectroom via: www.ruimtereserveren.hu.nl See art. 31 OER-HU.
6.2
Holidays and free days
Holiday dates, 2013-2014 In the 2013-2014 academic year, the dates shown below will be compulsory holidays at the HU: Description Christmas holiday Compulsory free days, including public holidays Christmas Day and Boxing Day New Year’s Day Good Friday Easter Day and Easter Monday King’s Day Liberation Day Ascension Day Day after Ascension Day Whit Sunday and Whit Monday
6.3
Dates 23 December 2013 to 3 January 2014
25 and 26 December 2013 1 January 2014 18 April 2014 20 April and 21 April 2014 27 April 2014 5 May 2014 29 May 2014 30 May 2014 8 June and 9 June 2014
Days and times of lessons
Days on which lessons are given Lessons are timetabled from Monday to Friday, from 8.30 hr to 19.00 hr. Minors that run throughout the year are timetabled for Tuesday afternoon from 17.00 hr. Lesson times All courses are timetabled in units of 10 minutes. When attending a lesson, you should make sure you arrive at the classroom on time.
6.4
Opening hours of buildings
46/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
The FEM is open Monday to Friday from 07.00 to 18.00hr. Incidentally, the bulding is also open on Tuesday an Friday until 22.00hr and on Saturdays from 9.00 hr to 17.00 hr. During holidays and exam periods there can be different opening hours. For current opening hours check Netpresenter (screensaver) or your study programme’s intranet.
6.5
Timetable information and alterations
Announcements about lessons and exams will be communicated via your study programme intranet and, wherever possible, via notice boards and your student mail. The same applies to corrections and additions to this Study Guide. The HU assumes that the postal address you have given to the student administration is correct and that you check your HU e-mail account on a regular basis. For each period, a weekly timetable will be set, listing which courses are being given at which time and by which lecturer, in which classroom and for which group. The idea is that you note the information that is relevant to you. This timetable will be published no later than one week before the start of the new period. Lecturer absent In the event that a lecturer is absent or ill, the programme will make every effort to ensure that lessons can continue. If a lesson is cancelled, you will be notified via SharePoint and, wherever possible, via the notice boards and your student mail. When the lecturer returns, he or she will discuss with you how the course material that was due to be covered in the lessons that were cancelled, will be dealt with. Student absent If you are ill, you must inform the lecturer if attendance on your course is compulsory. In the event that you are ill for a long time (or if you expect to be), you should inform your study progress advisor as soon as possible and contact your student counsellor (see Section 8.2). Timetables, and timetable alterations, can be found on the timetable site: www.roosters.hu.nl.
47/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
7
Complaints, objections, appeals
7.1
Introduction
If you do not agree with a decision, if you believe that another person has misbehaved towards you, or if something else is not as it should be, you can do something about it. The first step is to contact the person causing the problem directly, and to try to resolve it jointly. The HU expects lecturers, study progress advisors and Boards of Examiners to be willing to listen to complaints and to do all they can to deal with them. But of course it is possible that you are unable to resolve situations in this way, or that you are not keen to speak to someone who has been harassing you. You then have the option of the ‘formal route’. The formal route at the HU exists on two levels, and is available to students and prospective students. The first level on which to pursue a matter is your faculty. This involves an objections or complaints procedure. You may submit your objection or complaint directly to the body concerned, but if you do not know where to go, or if you need advice, you can contact the faculty’s Legal Protection desk which is located in the faculty at the Student Desk. A standard form is available on which you can describe your objection or complaint. The Legal Protection desk will ensure that the form is delivered to the appropriate part of the faculty. You can find the form on the www.klachtenwegwijzer.hu.nl website. The faculty desk may refer you to the student counsellor or, in the case of complaints about behaviour, to the confidential counsellor. They will be able to advise you about the procedures. Like the student mediators (see par. 8.7), they provide support for attempts at reaching solutions through discussions, thereby preventing the need for using official procedures. If the objections or complaints procedures at your faculty have not dealt with your objection or complaint to your satisfaction, you can submit an appeal (in the case of an objection) or a request for a review (in the case of a complaint) through the HU Legal Protection for Students Desk, who will ensure that they are dealt with by the appropriate body. The HU desk can also inform you about the procedures. You can also submit an appeal or complaint directly to the HU Legal Protection for Students Desk – that is, without first going through the objections and complaints procedures in your faculty. However, the faculty procedures are specially designed to be quicker and less formal. You are therefore advised to always use the extra faculty option and submit your objections and complaints there. In the description that follows, it is assumed that this is what you would do. Take careful note of the time limits! If you submit an objection or complaint to the faculty, it should be within two weeks after the decision or event to which they relate. In the case of appeals and requests for a review, you should contact the HU Legal Protection for Students Desk within six weeks of the date on which the faculty reached its decision. The various procedures are explained below, and the procedure is illustrated in a diagram at the end of the chapter.
7.2
Objections
Objections may be made against decisions taken on the basis of the Teaching and Examination Regulations. These are decisions that are directly related to teaching and exams, such as exam assessment, amenities, and a binding negative recommendation on the continuation of your studies. It only concerns decisions that are aimed at you as an individual student. Decisions often state that you may submit an objection, but not always. For example, you may object if you believe that you have been given an incorrect mark for an exam you have taken, even though no mention is made of the option of objecting on the OSIRIS page where the marks are published. You should submit a written objection to the Board of Examiners (see section 2.6) within two weeks of the publication of the decision to which you object. A standard form is available for this purpose. If you hand in your objection to the desk, it will ensure that it is sent on to the Board of Examiners. The Board of 48/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Examiners may ask you to give a verbal explanation of your objection, in which case you will be invited to attend a hearing. In principle, the Board of Examiners will reach a decision within two weeks of receiving your objection. You will be informed of the decision in writing. The decision will be based on a fresh assessment and must be substantiated. If your objection is upheld, the Board of Examiners will also make a new decision on the matter in question. If your objection is rejected, the original decision will stand. In the event of the latter, you may submit an appeal to the HU Legal Protection for Students Desk within six weeks of the announcement of the ruling on your objection (
[email protected]). It is also possible to object to a decision taken by your departmental or institute management – in the case of a refusal to provide a particular amenity, for example, or if a disciplinary measure has been imposed. The same procedure applies in this case. The complete objections procedure is described in the Legal Protection for Students Regulations, and the procedure relating to the Board of Examiners is dealt with in Article 45 of the HU Teaching and Examination Regulations for Bachelor’s programmes (www.reglementen.hu.nl). See also www.klachtenwegwijzer.hu.nl. See art.6 Reglement Rechtsbescherming Studenten en art. 45 OER-HU.
7.3
Appeals 7.3.1
Lodging an appeal
You can appeal against decisions and against decisions on objections that have been taken on the grounds of the Teaching and Examination Regulations, such as exam marks, amenities, and binding negative recommendations on the continuation of your studies. This is also the case with decisions on objections relating to other matters, including enrolment on and unenrolment from the study programme, financial matters, disciplinary measures, and so on. Within six weeks of the announcement of a decision, you may submit a written appeal to the HU Legal Protection for Students Desk. You can do this digitally, via
[email protected], but you must also send it by post, and sign it. The HU desk will make sure that your appeal is dealt with by the appropriate body. This may be the Board of Appeal for Examinations (for most decisions taken by the Board of Examiners) or the Disputes Advice Committee (decisions taken by the programme or faculty management on the basis of the Higher Education and Research Act). These are independent bodies operating across the HU to which students (including prospective and external students) can appeal. In other words, they have no links to any particular faculty or study programme. Your appeal must be signed and contain at least the following:
Your name, student registration number, your home address, and telephone number; The name of the faculty and department/study programme on which you are enrolled; The date; A clear description of the decision (with date) against which the appeal is directed, including the name of the person or body that took the decision; The ground or grounds on which your appeal is based; What you are demanding, described as accurately as possible.
You must also enclose a copy of the disputed decision. Send your appeal to: HU-Loket Rechtsbescherming Studenten, Postbus 573, 3500 AN Utrecht.
49/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
If your appeal is to be dealt with by the Board of Appeal concerning Examinations, it will first decide whether it is well-founded or unfounded. If your appeal is deemed well-founded, this often means that the Board of Examiners that took the original decision will have to take a new one. The Board of Appeal concerning Examinations does not make that decision itself. If your appeal is declared unfounded, the original decision stands. If your appeal is to be dealt with by the Disputes Advice Committee, it will investigate the matter at hand before issuing a recommendation to the Executive Board, which will take a decision on the basis of that recommendation. The Disputes Advice Committee advises the Executive Board on whether your appeal is well-founded or unfounded. If the Executive Board accepts the recommendation, it will order the management to take a new decision in the event that the appeal is deemed well-founded.
The HU Legal Protection for Students Regulations (www.reglementen.hu.nl) describe the procedures in greater detail. For more information, go to www.klachtenwegwijzer.hu.nl. Information and advice can also be obtained from your student counsellor (see Section 8.2) or the secretarial offices of the HU Legal Protection for Students Desk, tel. 088-4818594.
7.3.2
Further appeals
If you do not agree with the verdict of the Board of Appeal concerning Examinations or the decision of the Executive Board, you may lodge an appeal externally, to the Higher Education Appeal Board in The Hague. Information about the procedure and time limits can be found on the following website: www.cbho.nl. See chapter 9 Reglement Rechtsbescherming Studenten.
7.4
Complaints 7.4.1 Submitting a complaint
There are some decisions and forms of behaviour by other students or employees against whom you cannot make an objection, but you can still submit a complaint. This should be done within two weeks, and here, too, you can use the standard form, which you can download from www.klachtenwegwijzer.hu.nl You can submit your complaint to the faculty desk at the Student Desk or directly to the body concerned. The faculty desk will ensure that your complaint is dealt with by the appropriate body. The procedure is very similar to that for objections. The body that deals with your complaint may give you an opportunity to attend a hearing. If your complaint relates to a fellow student or an employee, they will always be given an opportunity to respond to your complaint. In principle, you can expect a decision about your complaint to be made within two weeks. If you do not agree with this decision, you can submit a request for a review of the decision, within six weeks, to the HU Legal Protection for Students Desk. If your complaint relates to conduct, a term of a year applies. You can also submit an oral complaint to the faculty desk, in which case the standard form will be filled in on the spot. The procedure does not apply to decisions of a general nature. See art.8 Reglement Rechtsbescherming Studenten.
7.4.2 Requesting a review of how a complaint has been dealt with If you are not satisfied with how the faculty has dealt with your complaint, you can submit a request that it be reviewed to the HU Legal Protection for Students Desk. This must be done within six weeks from the 50/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
decision taken as a result of your complaint. You can submit your request for a review digitally, to
[email protected], but you must also sign it and send it by post, to: HU-Loket Rechtsbescherming Studenten, Postbus 573, 3500 AN Utrecht. The HU Legal Protection for Students Desk will ensure that your request is dealt with by the appropriate body. For most complaints, this is the Student Complaints Committee, unless your complaint concerns undesirable behaviour, in which case it will be dealt with by the Undesirable Behaviour Complaints Committee. See Section 7.5, below. These are both independent complaints bodies that operate across the HU and therefore have no links to any of the faculties. They make recommendations to the Executive Board, which then reaches a decision. The HU Legal Protection for Students Regulations and the Regulations on Undesirable Behaviour (www.reglementen.hu.nl) describe the procedures in greater detail. See Chapter 10 Reglement Rechtsbescherming Studenten en H. 4 Reglement inzake Ongewenst Gedrag.
7.5
Undesirable behaviour
It may be the case that your complaint relates to conduct that is so intimidating that it falls under the rules governing undesirable behaviour. This could be verbal or sexual harassment, for example, the consequences of which can be very serious. The faculty desk will always refer you to the option of contacting a confidential counsellor (see 8.4). If you submit a complaint, you may decide to have it dealt with by the faculty (the complaint will be investigated either by the institute director or by someone acting on his behalf) or to place it before the HU Undesirable Behaviour Complaints Committee. The complaint will then be forwarded to the HU Legal Protection for Students Desk. The time limit for submitting a complaint about undesirable behaviour is two years after the behaviour in question has occurred. See art.1.8 Begripsbepaling en art. 19 Termijnen Reglement Ongewenst Gedrag.
7.6
Complaints, objections and appeals diagram
Issue? Step 1: Direct approach (informal)
Step 2: Faculty desk
Objections procedure
Complaints procedure Board of Appeal concerning Examinations Step 3: HU desk Disputes Advice Committee Undesirable Behaviour Complaints Committee /FG-P Student Complaints Committee © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
51/216
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
8 8.1
Student Affairs Student support and guidance
Introduction As an HBO graduate, you are supposed to be able to act independently, so you will be encouraged during the study programme to do so and to show initiative. Our type of teaching stimulates critical and independent learning through problem-driven and project-based lessons. This means that you are responsible for your own learning process and study progress. The study programmes at the HU provide the right preconditions and the right type of support. The programme provides support and guidance for students in the various facets of the studying and learning process. We make a distinction between four types of guidance: that which relates to the actual programme content, to study-related skills, to your study progress, and to personal problems, whether study-related or otherwise. The HU assumes that you will seek out these forms of support and guidance on your own initiative. Support and guidance in relation to your study progress As a student, you are entitled to the services of a study progress advisor, who will help you in the development of your competencies. Based on your competency development and your results, he or she will monitor your study progress and act accordingly. The tasks of the study progress advisor include:
Monitoring and discussing your study results; Together with you, drawing up a study plan in the event that you have received an interim warning on the continuation of your studies; Advising you on the choices that are important in the context of your study programme; Referring you to a student counsellor if your questions and problems are not directly related to your studies (personal circumstances, student grants, objections and appeals).
See section 2.8.1 for more information about supervision.
8.2
Talent Grant
The Talent Grant is a provision for financial support for students, and consists of four different schemes. Graduation support scheme This grant enables HU students who have fallen behind in their studies as a result of exceptional circumstances during the period of receiving their regular student grant to complete their studies as soon as possible, or to continue with them. Administrative grant scheme Students who are members of the administration of an association may be eligible for an administrative grant. The scheme explains how HU students who perform recognized administrative activities, either during or within twelve months of the end of the period in which they are entitled to a regular grant, can receive assistance. Knowledge grants Financial support for non-EEA (European Economic Area) students who have to pay institutional tuition fees instead of statutory tuition fees. Top-level sport scheme The HU has a number of arrangements in place that allow students who also compete in sports at a high level to combine their activities as effectively as possible. The arrangements are made available on the basis of the individual circumstances of the student.
52/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Each of the schemes is described in a separate chapter. The Talent Grant also includes provisions of a general nature, which apply to all these forms of support. See www.reglementen.hu.nl for information on the Talent Grant. It is important that you notify your student counsellor of any exceptional circumstances affecting you in order to increase your chances later of being eligible for Talent Grant support.
8.3
Student counsellor
HU student counsellors give you information, advice and guidance. Every faculty and HU Amersfoort has one or more student counsellors. They are there to support you by answering questions or helping you deal with problems during your studies. Student counsellors can also refer you to other bodies or individuals, such as the HU psychologist or HU doctor. Everything you discuss remains confidential. The student counsellors are bound by the HU Student Counsellor Regulations and the Code of Conduct of the HU Student Counsellor Platform. Study progress and personal circumstances You may find yourself falling behind in your studies as a result of family or relationship problems, for example. Psychological problems, chronic or other illness or a functional limitation may also hinder your progress, or it could be that you need to interrupt your studies because of a long stay in hospital. Another possible obstacle is the fear of failure. The student counsellor can help you clear up the problem and look for solutions. He can also help you look for other forms of assistance. Study advice and procedures The student counsellors have an advisory function in the procedure by which recommendations for continuation of studies are issued if there are exceptional circumstances. They are very well versed with the regulations in which the rights and obligations of students and those of the HU are set down. The student counsellors can give you advice and support if you are involved with an objection or appeals procedure. They are the people to contact if you have doubts about your studies, your choice of profession or if you need advice on follow-up study programmes. Financial matters Financial problems can be a headache, especially when you are in a real emergency situation and find yourself without any money, as a result of events beyond your control, for example. In some cases, you can apply for financial assistance from the Talent Grant. Your student counsellor will be able to advise you on this. For more information, go to www.studentendecanaat.hu.nl. See also Article 40 of the Student Charter and the HU Student Counsellor Regulations (www.reglementen.hu.nl). Study Choice Centre If you have doubts about your study programme, if you are stuck in a rut, or if you would like to continue studying after your Bachelor’s degree, you can go to the Study Choice Centre, a joint HU and Utrecht University initiative. Here, you can get advice and ask for support in relation to your choice of study. For more information, go to www.centrumstudiekeuze.nl.
8.4
Confidential counsellor
The confidential counsellor is available for anyone, students and employees alike, who is (or has been) the victim of undesirable behaviour. Examples of undesirable behaviour are physical violence, aggression, verbal and sexual harassment, discrimination, dishonesty, and racism. However, it also extends to inappropriate touching, jokes made in poor taste, harassment (including on social media) and intimidating e-mails or text messages. Everyone determines for themselves the boundaries beyond which no-one else should go. In other words, people 53/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
have different ideas of what constitutes undesirable behaviour: this could be due to differences in background and upbringing. Undesirable behaviour can have a profound effect on people, sometimes to the extent that it makes them ill. Many people believe that the behaviour will end if it is ignored, but this is rarely the case. Anyone who is affected by undesirable behaviour, in whatever form, will require courage to talk about it. Experience has shown time and again that talking helps, and for that you can go to the confidential counsellor. Your anonymity will be guaranteed and your information will be treated as confidential. If you contact the confidential counsellor, he or she and you will together look at how the undesirable behaviour can be stopped as soon as possible. Whatever action is taken, you will be consulted first – nothing is done without your consent. If you wish, the confidential counsellor can provide you with support for an extended period of time. Information is available at www.studentzaken.hu.nl. The Regulations on Undesirable Behaviour and other relevant information can be found on the public website of the HU confidential advisors: www.vertrouwenspersoon.hu.nl. See Article 51 of the Student Charter and the Regulations on Undesirable Behaviour (www.reglementen.hu.nl). If you would like to report undesirable behaviour, you are free to approach any confidential advisor, including those in a faculty other than your own. Confidential advisor for FEM are: Tilly Hoppe Marco Oteman
8.5
FEM FEM
[email protected] [email protected]
088 481 64 30 088 481 62 35
Students’ doctor
If you come to Utrecht not just to study, but also to live, you must register with the Utrecht city council. Under the terms of your healthcare insurance, you are also obliged to register with a doctor in Utrecht. As a student, you can register with the Huisartsenpraktijk Campus Uithof via www.huisartsdeuithof.nl, regardless of where you live in Utrecht. This general practice operates from two addresses in the city, on Uithof in Casa Confetti (Leuvenplein 10-11) and in the Galgenwaard stadium (Herculesplein 379). If you miss exams or have to suspend your studies through illness, or if you have to apply for support from the Talent Grant, you may sometimes have to provide a doctor’s note. Not every GP is prepared to issue a note on behalf of a third party. In addition, the Royal Dutch Medical Association has put out a guideline stating that the doctor treating a patient is not the right person to write such a note. Whenever you need a statement about your health, you should first ask your own GP. If he cannot or will not provide you with one, then you can go to the students’ doctor. The only person who can refer you to the students’ doctor is the student counsellor (see Section 8.3). The HU students’ doctor is Huisartsenmaatschap Therapeuticum Utrecht, telephone (030) 275 95 00, Dekhuyzenstraat 60, 3572 WN in Utrecht.
8.6
Student Psychologist Office
It may be that you encounter difficulties during your studies. This could be directly related to your studies, but it could also be of a more personal nature and have a negative impact on your study progress. If you are unable to resolve your situation yourself, you can contact the HU Student Psychologist Office. Over the course of several conversations with you, the psychologist will look for a solution to your problems. The maximum number of conversations is eight (of fifty minutes’ duration), but it is possible you will not need that amount. As well as individual consultations, the Student Psychologist Office also runs a training course on fighting fear of failure.
54/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
It may be that the help offered by the students’ psychologist does not meet your problems or expectations. In that case, the Student Psychologist Office will be able to assist you in finding other organizations that offer help. To get in contact with the Student Psychologist Office, you first need to be referred by a student counsellor, so you should contact him or her in order to get a referral. You can then apply by e-mail. Everything is confidential. Apart from yourself and the Student Psychologist Office, nobody will know about the nature of your conversation. If you wish – and the choice is entirely yours – you may involve other people. For students, these services are free of charge. You can find more information at www.bureaustudentenpsychologen.hu.nl.
8.7
Mediation
Are you having trouble working alongside a fellow student? Are you locked in a dispute with your lecturer? Are there problems in your student accommodation? There is a good chance that a student mediator can help! Mediation is a way of resolving disputes. Together with the person you are in dispute with, you look for a solution, assisted by a neutral and independent mediator. The mediator gives you the opportunity to discuss every area of disagreement, helps re-establish lines of communication and improve the relationship between the relevant parties. Mediators do not put forward any solutions themselves, but help you find solutions that you are both satisfied with. If you would like to know more about student mediation, of if you would like to use the services of one, contact HU Mediation for advice or help on (088) 4819838 or www.mediation.hu.nl. You can find more information at www.mediation.hu.nl or www.studentvoorzieningen.hu.nl.
8.8
Studying with a functional limitation
What is a functional limitation? A functional limitation is defined as all physical, sensory and psychological conditions of a chronic – that is, of a long-term - nature. Some limitations are easily observable, but other conditions are not especially noticeable, if at all. Examples that come to mind are dyslexia, chronic fatigue, ADHD, RSI, rheumatoid arthritis, psychological conditions such as depression, and forms of autism, such as PDD-NOS and Asperger’s Syndrome. If you have a functional limitation or a chronic illness, we advise you to contact a student counsellor in your faculty at the start of the academic year, even if you do not think you will need any help. You can contact him or her by e-mail, telephone, or by calling in person. The www.studentendecanaat.hu.nl site has details of the student counsellors in your faculty. Having a functional limitation or a chronic illness can cause you to fall behind in your studies or even drop out of studying altogether. Modifications and provisions It is a good idea to inform your study progress advisor and a student counsellor in your faculty of any limitations you have as soon as possible, so that any provisions that may be needed can be arranged in good time. In an intake conversation with a student counsellor in your faculty, you can discuss what functional limitation or chronic illness you have and what problems may occur during your studies. This is followed by an examination of what provisions or measures need to be taken, if any. The student counsellor will give an indication of which modifications are possible in order for you to be able to study successfully; if something is impossible, they will mention that too. If no measures are needed (yet), the student counsellor will discuss the next steps to be taken in the event that problems do occur. Naturally, everything you discuss with the student counsellor will be in complete confidence. More information about studying with a functional limitation or chronic illness can be found in Section 0 of this Study Guide, and at www.onbelemmerdstuderen.hu.nl. 55/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
8.9
Improving your language skills
If you have problems with your Dutch language skills, ask your academic career counsellor or possibly your student counsellor for information about the available options for improving them. You can also use the digital language desk for the same purpose, at www.taalloket.hu.nl.
8.10
Media centre
As an HU student, you can use your student identity card to gain free admission to all locations of the HU library. You are also entitled to free membership of the Utrecht University Library. As well as books and journals, the library has an extensive digital collection, and you can use the www.mediatheek.hu.nl website to visit the library digitally. The site also gives you access to the HU catalogue in which you can search in the entire collection. In addition, you have access to reference works and internet sources that are relevant to education at the HU. In addition, each faculty has its own portal in which the sources for individual subjects are located together. The library offers training courses in information skills, such as a basic course for first year students, RefWorks, explanation of databases, etc.
8.11
International Office
Studying or doing an internship abroad is excellent for your personal development. Not only do organizations increasingly look for relevant foreign experience on CVs, intercultural experience can be very useful in our multicultural society. While abroad, you will get to know a new environment, a new culture and new ways of working. In short: studying or doing an internship abroad is a valuable experience. As a student at the HU, you have the opportunity to go abroad to study or go on an internship. For some students, it is actually a compulsory part of their study programme, while all other students can use their optional subjects component to study abroad, in consultation with their study programme. The International Office can advise you and get you started. There are International Office desks at several locations for questions of a general nature. Here you can also pick up relevant forms and the ‘Study & Internship Abroad Guide’, in which you will find all the information about studying and internships abroad. You can find more information about the services and opening times of the International Office at www.io.hu.nl.
If you have specific questions, you can e-mail them to
[email protected] or make an appointment on (088) 481 89 28. Alternatively, you can come to the ‘Wil Weg Dag’ (Going Away Fair) to find out about studying and internships abroad. This event is organized by the International Office every year, on the second Tuesday in October.
8.11.1
Study abroad
The HU has over 200 partner universities around the world that operate student exchange schemes. As a student at the HU, you have the opportunity to spend a six-month or twelve-month period at one of these foreign universities (Study Abroad). The International Office maintains contacts with partner universities, supports your application, informs you during your Study Abroad and collects and processes all the evaluations and exam marks upon your return. If you would like to sign up to Study Abroad, check out the options, conditions and application procedures at www.io.hu.nl under ‘Study Abroad’. Under ‘Grants & Scholarships’, you can find information about the available funding. For example, for a Study Abroad within Europe, you may qualify for an Erasmus grant. st NOTE: the deadline for signing up to Study Abroad is the 1 of February prior to the academic year in which you want to go away. In other words, the enrolment for a Study Abroad opens and closes much earlier than a regular minor.
8.11.2
Internship abroad
56/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
If you would like to go on an Internship Abroad, you should contact the internship coordinator and/or the Internship Office of your study programme. They will inform you about the procedure to follow, and they must also approve your internship place. You are responsible for finding an internship place yourself, although your internship coordinator or the practice office may sometimes be able to help you with this. In any event, make sure you start looking well ahead of time. Particularly if you want to on an internship outside Europe, arranging visas and other practical matters can sometimes take a long time. For more information, go to www.io.hu.nl and look under ‘Internships Abroad’. You can find more information about available funding under ‘Grants & Scholarships’. For an Internship Abroad within Europe, you may be eligible for an Erasmus Placement grant, for example. See Section 2.5.3 for more information about internship opportunities on your study programme.
8.12
Student participation
Students who are enthusiastic, involved, and keen to learn are essential to the HU. If you believe it is important for students’ views to be aired and thereby contribute to the quality of teaching, and you would like to gain some administrative experience during your time as a student, or if you are just curious, critical, and have some good ideas of your own, then get involved with the committees or councils where you can exercise some influence on your own education, how your faculty is run, or policies at HU level. For more information, go to www.medezeggenschap.hu.nl or www.bps.hu.nl. You can also contact the coordinator for administrative participation by students, on
[email protected], who will inform, support and coach you in the student participation bodies at the HU, and who organizes relevant activities such as workshops, training days, and social events for students who are actively involved in administrative duties.
8.12.1
Consultation bodies
What topics matter most to you? The content of your study programme? The way your faculty is run? Or perhaps HU-level strategic policies? You can take part in the consultation process at all three levels and gain some administrative experience, all of which will be useful in your later life: Your study programme has a Programme Committee, about which more information is given in Section 2.8.5. The way in which your faculty is run is discussed in the Faculty Participation Council. The policies of the faculty management are put before the council for approval. Examples that come to mind are IT policies, policies relating to flexible working, and the faculty budget. The council can itself put items on the agenda and discuss them with the board. Every faculty has its own council. The Central Employees’ and Students’ Council is the Executive Board’s discussion partner. Policies that affect the whole of the HU are put to the council for its approval. Among the items covered are strategic policies, the Teaching and Examination Regulations, policies relating to the buildings, and policies relating to quality. The council also discusses affairs with the Supervisory Board every year. The consultation bodies can exercise influence in numerous ways, with the ultimate aim being to raise the level of education provided at the HU. For more information about participation and the consultation bodies, go to www.medezeggenschap.hu.nl.
8.12.2
Support for students who are involved with administrative duties
The HU encourages you, as a student, to be involved with administrative duties in order to help you gain practical administrative and organizational skills. At the same time, we are keen to see enthusiastic and
57/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
involved students who are eager to learn contribute towards the development of policies at the HU. For that reason, students who are involved with administrative duties benefit from the following. As a student member of a consultation body, you can have free and unlimited training in certain competencies. There is a handbook for student members of the central council, faculty council or Programme Committee. You can use the intranet that has been set up for all students who are involved with administrative duties (www.bps.hu.nl) for sharing knowledge and information with student members of other consultation bodies. Apart from a great deal of administrative experience, you also receive a payment of €40 for each meeting, although the level of financial recompense for administrative activities is subject to a maximum limit. See the relevant regulations at www.reglementen.hu.nl. If you would like to become a member of one or more of the consultation bodies, then you can stand as a candidate at the next election (www.verkiezingen.hu.nl). You can put yourself forward as a candidate, or via a participation body – see Section 2.8.4. For questions about the Programme Committee, ask the secretarial office of your study programme, or send an e-mail to the coach for administrative participation by students (
[email protected]). For more information, go to www.bps.hu.nl.
8.13
Studium Generale
Studium Generale is the place for HU students who are looking for an extra challenge or greater depth, in addition to their regular studies. From programmes on which you learn to put current world issues in a historical, political and economic perspective within the space of ten weeks to debates about the university of applied sciences or local and national politics. From inspirational speakers during TEDxUtrecht to music, culture and knowledge at the Festival de Beschaving (‘Festival of Civilization’). And from being taught how to do business, manage and innovate by experts from practice to discussions between lecturers, management and students – Studium Generale is the place for those for whom ‘regular studies’ are not exciting enough. At www.studiumgenerale.hu.nl, you can always find the latest news about the programme and register for the Twitter and Facebook accounts of the Studium Generale.
8.14
Student association
8.14.1
General
There is a bustling student life in Utrecht, shaped by all kinds of associations and student organizations. The best-known are the social organizations. There are also other types of association, such as those based around a particular ideology, as well as international and intercultural associations. And of course, students have their own sports and cultural associations. You can find an overview of all the associations at www.utrecht.studiestad.nl. The HU provides financial support to student associations, for structural and incidental activities. If you would like to know more about applying for a grant, and about the terms and conditions for eligibility for one, go to www.studentvoorzieningen.hu.nl, and look under ‘Geldzaken’ (financial matters). For the sake of clarity, study associations and student associations are not the same thing. The former are linked to your study programme. See Section 2.8.4.
8.14.2
Administrative grant
Administrative grant
58/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
If you are on the board or a committee of a student association (either at the UU or the HU), then you may be eligible for an administrative grant. This is a payment that is intended to compensate for the delay in your studies that you incur as a result of your administrative activities. You receive this separately from your performance-related grant. The student organizations and administrative functions that qualify for an administrative grant can be found in the Appendix to the Regulations pertaining to Administrative Grants for student administrators in UU/HU student organizations. See Chapter D of the HU Talent Grant (www.reglementen.hu.nl). For more information about the procedure, or to apply for an administrative grant, go to www.studentvoorzieningen.hu.nl, and look under ‘Profileringsfonds’ (Talent Grant).
8.15
Top-level sport
If you compete in a sport at a high level and you wish to study at the same time, you will be pleased to know that the HU offers a large number of facilities to students seeking to do so. Based on your individual circumstances and the level at which you compete, the HU will assess whether you can benefit from these facilities. What facilities are available for top-level sports? Top-level sportsmen and women qualify for the following facilities: Assistance with planning studies; Deferment or rescheduling of exams, in consultation with the Board of Examiners, if possible; Collaboration with NOC*NSF, Olympic networks, the National Top Sports Centre, Regional Training Centres and top sports coaches; Financial support if the student falls behind with his/her studies. For more information, contact the Top-Level Sports Coordinator, Mieke Wikkerman at
[email protected] or the faculty dean’s office, or visit www.topsporters.hu.nl.
8.16
Trajectum
Trajectum is the independent magazine at the HU and is published ten times per year. It contains articles about students, studying, student life, education and research, the city of Utrecht, and culture. There are contributions by students and lecturers alike. Every day, you will find news, competitions, films, blogs by students and lecturers, and practical information on the www.trajectum.hu.nl website. You can also follow Trajectum on Facebook and Twitter.
8.17
Sports
For student prices, you can do sports at Olympos, the HU and Utrecht University sports centre. Olympos has a wide range of fitness, ball, dancing, combat, and racquet sports. Go to www.olympos.nl for detailed information about what is available, dates, and prices. See Article 42 of the Student Charter (www.reglementen.hu.nl).
8.18
Safe, healthy, and environmentally-friendly study
The HU attaches much importance to safe, healthy, and pleasant learning and working surroundings, as well as to the environment and careful use of energy. It aims to guarantee your health and safety by reducing, to an acceptable level, the risks associated with conditions in the workplace. For that reason, every HU faculty and service department has a Health, Safety and Environmental Committee that acts as the point of contact for these matters, and which coordinates the implementation of the relevant policies in the faculties. Of course, you too share some of the responsibility for health, safety and the environment. How can you contribute towards health and safety? You are expected to cooperate in creating and maintaining healthy, safe and environmentally-friendly surroundings at the HU. Areas of focus are: 59/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
knowing what to do in the event of a fire, accident, or other emergencies; keeping escape routes, emergency exits and extinguishers accessible; preventing physical injuries CANS/RSI; reporting unsafe situations; awareness of the environment.
Below is more information on these points. What should you do in the event of fire, an accident, or other emergency? You should be aware of what to do in the event of a fire, emergency, or a report of an accident (see below), and you should know where the emergency exit routes and emergency exits are. Emergency exit routes and exits are shown on the floor layouts in the building. Instructions on what to do in the event of an emergency are posted in every room. Never call the fire brigade, police, or an ambulance yourself. Instead, phone the internal alarm number immediately 6441; you will be connected to an employee of the main faculty or site reception desk. Give the following information – clearly and succinctly:
Your name and classroom or location; Your telephone number; The current situation (how, what, where); Whether there are any casualties, and how many; Where it has occurred.
The employee will alert a First Aid worker or, in the event of a major emergency, the head of the internal emergency response team. Remain calm at all times, warn everyone around you who is in danger, and wait till help arrives. Internal emergency response team and First Aid Every location has an internal emergency response team that can be deployed in the event of a fire, accident or other emergency. The members of the team can be identified during an emergency by the coloured tabards bearing the text ‘BHV’er’. Always strictly follow their instructions during a fire, accident, or other emergency. Do not use lifts when evacuating the building. Remain outside at the assembly point designated by the internal emergency response team member and await further instructions. Always keep space free for fire engines and ambulances. Never leave the area without letting somebody know: this will prevent searches being conducted unnecessarily. Keeping escape routes, emergency exits and extinguishers accessible In the event of an emergency, it is vitally important that escape routes, emergency exits and extinguishers are easily accessible. So make sure they are not blocked by tables, chairs or other obstacles. Studying and CANS Perhaps you have pain in your arm, shoulder, elbow, or wrist. At first, you think it will pass of its own accord, but unfortunately this is not always the case. This is because this type of pain could be a sign that you have CANS (Complaints of Arm, Neck and/or Shoulder), which used to be known as RSI. It can affect anyone. If you do not take the first signals seriously, the complaints may spread. CANS can be caused by:
Repetitive work; A static work posture; Not changing your work posture enough, and too little exercise; Not sitting properly (information on how to sit properly can be found in the HU’s ‘Geef CANS geen KANS’ leaflet); Stress, especially at busy times (exams, or when writing your thesis).
60/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
While studying, you sometimes spend a long time working in the same position or making the same movements again and again. For example, you regularly work long hours at your computer, at home as well as at school. Then, there are the times you spend on the internet and playing computer games. You can largely prevent CANS yourself. The most important tips are:
Vary working at a computer screen with reading, making notes, etc.; Do not work for more than five to six hours a day at a computer screen and no longer than two hours with a laptop; If you must use a laptop for more than two hours, use a laptop stand, with a separate keyboard and separate mouse; Take a short break every hour, when working at a computer screen; Make sure you sit properly when working at a computer screen; Make sure you get enough relaxation and exercise in addition to your studies; Take physical complaints seriously. Emerging symptoms (pain, tingling feelings, stiffness) can quickly get worse.
You can find more specific information and video instructions about setting up screen-based workstations at www.arboenmilieu.hu.nl. If you have CANS symptoms, you can go to your study progress advisor or student counsellor, or to the HU Health & Safety team (see www.arboenmilieu.hu.nl). If your complaints have reached the stage where they are serious enough to require the attention of a doctor, go to your own GP. (See Section 8.8 about studying with a functional limitation.) Safe working in practice rooms If you are working with equipment, machines, tools or chemicals/hazardous substances in practice rooms, you must always consider your own safety and the safety of others. For this reason, always follow the tutor’s instructions. Keep to the prescribed safety rules and instructions set out in the practice handbooks. It is important that you always wear the prescribed personal protective equipment, such as safety glasses and protective clothing. Make sure you always use the safety shields/screens and safety features present on machinery. Reporting unsafe situations The HU does everything it can to ensure a safe, healthy and environmentally-friendly learning and working environment. Should you nonetheless encounter situations which are unsafe or need to be improved, please report them to your tutor, reception or your faculty’s Health, Safety and Environment Committee. Environment The faculty is environmentally aware. This means using water and energy sparingly, producing less waste, and separating waste properly. You can do your bit by:
not turning lights on when it is light enough; turning the lights out when you leave a room; not wasting any water and by using the ‘small’ flush option on the toilet (if there is one); not opening the window when it is warm, but instead turning down the heating; by turning off your computer and screen when you have finished work; by printing out documents sparingly; by reusing coffee cups; by putting waste (batteries, paper, food leftovers) in the appropriate containers, including in the canteen; by keeping the building clean and not leaving litter lying around; by keeping to the smoking ban within the buildings. Smoking is only permitted outside in the designated places.
For questions, comments or ideas on health, safety and environment-related matters, contact the Health, Safety and Environment Committee in your faculty, or the HU Health, Safety and Environment Team. For more information, go to: www.arboenmilieu.hu.nl.
61/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
8.19
Insurance cover: liability, accident, and travel
You are liable for the financial and other consequences of accidents and damage which you cause to third parties. You can cover yourself by taking out liability insurance for private citizens. For accidents/death and legal liability while in or on your way to faculty buildings, the HU has limited insurance cover. This also includes activities relating to your studies that occur outside HU locations (but in the Netherlands), as well as activities relating to HU education abroad. If you cause any damage during your internship, then any claims will be made using the liability insurance of the company or organization that is providing the internship. If this does not provide any cover, then the claim will be made through your liability insurance. If neither policy offers cover, then the HU insurance will be used. If you are going to study abroad (as part of your programme at the HU), then you should arrange supplementary insurance. You are obliged to register your stay abroad before you leave, so it is good to know that by registering you are automatically covered by the free HU travel insurance policy. For more information about registering and the free travel insurance, go to www.gratisverzekerd.hu.nl.
8.20
Having a job while studying
If you are looking for a job that is relevant to your studies, the place to go is Campus Recruitment. Here, you can get personal career advice, have your CV polished up, and most importantly, an interesting job (part-time or otherwise) for which a lack of experience is not a problem. Go to www.campusrecruitment.eu. You can also contact knowledge centres where students can jointly carry out applied research under the leadership of a professor, or work on product innovations. In 2013, Student Affairs and Campus Recruitment are launching a student pool in which various incidental jobs within the HU (distributing flyers for an event, helping at an open day, taking part in a committee, giving advice for a policy plan, etc.) will be offered. In addition to your student grant, you are allowed to earn a limited amount per calendar year without affecting your right to the grant. The limit can be found on the DUO (Dienst Uitvoering op Onderwijs) website, www.ocwduo.nl, and applies to everyone who is entitled to a student grant. If you work so much that you fall behind in your studies, then it is often more sensible to borrow money from the DUO. Your student counsellor can advise you on this. (See Section 8.2.)
8.21
Accommodation
Finding a good and affordable room in Utrecht is not easy. Remember that the market will be extra busy in the summer months. Register with www.kamersinutrecht.nl, www.kamernodig.nl or www.woningnet.nl. If you are studying in Amersfoort, you can go to the SSH service desk in the HU Amersfoort building on Tuesdays and Thursdays between 13:30 and 16:30. (De Nieuwe Poort 21, 3812 PA Amersfoort). If you have found somewhere to live and you have moved, then register with the local authority. One reason why this is necessary is to show to the DUO that you are not living with your parents. You can register at the Dienst Burgerzaken (civil affairs department), and must do so within five days of moving. Take a valid identity document with you. You should also inform the HU of any change of address; use OSIRIS to do this. See Section 2.8.2.4 of this Study Guide. Alternatively, you can use Studielink.
62/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
9
About the HU
This chapter contains more information about the Hogeschool Utrecht.
9.1
General information
You are studying at the Hogeschool Utrecht. With more than 38,000 students and 3,400 employees, the HU is one of the larger HBO institutions in the Netherlands, offering a wide range of study programmes spread over six faculties. The more than eighty Bachelor’s programmes provide learning in the fields of communication and journalism, economics and management, nature and technology, healthcare, education, and society and law, in both Utrecht and Amersfoort. The HU also runs Master’s programmes, from which you can gain a Master’s degree in various fields. The scale of the HU means we are both large and small: we organize teaching for each study programme separately, which makes things clearer and more personal for you, the students. At the same time, our large scale enables us to offer you more than just a study programme. You can, for example, take part in educational activities of other HU study programmes, or indeed at other educational establishments elsewhere in the Netherlands or abroad. Examples that come to mind are a minor or internship.
9.1.1
Education profile of the HU
Higher Vocational Education in the knowledge society No two colleges are alike. Like other institutions, the HU has to make careful choices with regard to its education profile. Through our teaching, we seek to contribute towards a sustainable knowledge society. We organize our teaching in a way that enables you, the student, to develop to the maximum possible degree. We therefore believe it is very important that you feel at home here, and the work we do is aimed at that goal. HU has other tasks in addition to providing education. For example, we invest in research that is embedded in knowledge centres. This means we not only train professionals, but also contribute towards innovating the environment in which professionals operate. That is why the HU is strongly oriented towards social, economic, and societal issues, and this is something you will encounter in our teaching. So with regard to our education profile, the above has led us to deliberately opt for competency and demand-driven teaching, ensuring that students are able to study in a robust study environment. We have set out below what exactly this means. Competency-oriented teaching Teaching is competency-oriented when you, the student, acquire the knowledge, skills, and attitude that you need to practise a particular profession. The study programmes formulate, reinforce, and bring up to date the competencies in close consultation with those in the professional field. Competency-oriented teaching also means that we provide ‘customized’ teaching. We use competencies that you already possess as a springboard, we encourage you to take an increasingly greater control of your own learning process, to make choices and to justify them. You have to be able to act professionally in typical professional situations of increasing complexity. We also challenge you to develop your research skills and your competencies in an international and multicultural environment. Demand-driven teaching Our teaching is aimed at both demand from the professional field and demand on the part of the students. We match your knowledge and learning needs with that of the field in a way that meets the quality requirements of the study programme. We believe that you yourself are responsible for your study progress
63/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
and that the task of the HU is to support you in that process. You have opportunities for structuring your studies according to your own wishes. A robust learning environment A competency-oriented and demand-driven study programme requires a robust learning environment – an environment that inspires and challenges you, and enables you to push the limits of your abilities, again and again. It is an environment in which learning is shaped through practice-based work: to learn is to work, and to work is to learn. If need be, the learning environment has an international orientation. Every study programme has a knowledge base, laid down with the help of professionals in the field. From the very first year, the acquisition of knowledge and skills based on realistic professional tasks is key. The teaching consists of a variety of methods, both individual and in collaboration with your fellow students, with an ever-greater emphasis on authentic professional situations.
9.1.2
Bachelor’s and Master’s system
Hogeschool Utrecht operates as part of the Dutch education system. This means that a series of structural factors, such as the duration of the study programmes, are determined by law. Because there are two types of study programme - Bachelor’s and Master’s - in higher education (HBO and WO), the term ‘Bachelor’s and Master’s system’ is sometimes used. Bachelor’s and Master’s system Education at universities (both HBO and WO) is divided into two phases, the Bachelor’s phase and the 4 Master’s phase. A four-year HBO study programme is called a Bachelor’s study programme , upon completion of which you receive a Bachelor’s degree. You can obtain a Bachelor’s diploma in three years at university. After that, you can continue studying for a Master’s diploma. Both HBO and WO universities offer Master’s study programmes. If you are studying at an HBO university, you may be entitled to a grant, although this is not the case for those studying part-time. For more information on student grants, see the DUO website, (www.ocwduo.nl). Bachelor’s study programmes The Bachelor’s diploma is internationally recognized, which is useful if you wish to work abroad. In most cases, you can also spend some time abroad as part of your study programme. The Bachelor’s study programmes at the HU also have many optional subjects. You can choose a minor (a cohesive package of optional courses) or a package of optional courses that you put together yourself. For more details, see Section 0 (optional subjects component). The optional subjects component also means that you can study some study components at other universities, both inside and outside the Netherlands. Master’s study programmes After completing your Bachelor’s programme, you can go on to do a Master’s programme at a university (HBO or WO). The HU has a growing number of Master’s programmes, including for people with several years’ work experience. For more information, go to www.masters.hu.nl. If you would like to do a Master’s at a WO university, you should know that there are sometimes gaps between HBO qualifications and the requirements for embarking on a Master’s at a WO university. In order to bring your knowledge and skills to the required level, special courses have been devised for a number of Master’s, known as pre-Master’s. You take them before starting on the Master’s proper. For more information, go to www.premasters.hu.nl, or consult the brochure entitled, ‘Doorstuderen na je bachelor aan de UU’.
4
The period of four years is for the full-time version. In the case of part-time and dual programmes, the period may be different.
64/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
9.1.3
HU and faculty regulations
HU and faculty regulations Under the terms of the Higher Education and Research Act, the HU, as an institute for Higher Vocational Education, has a number of obligations. These have been incorporated by the HU into various regulations and set out in more detail. There are regulations that apply to all students at the HU, which can be found at www.reglementen.hu.nl. In addition, there are regulations that apply only to students in a particular faculty or who are on a specific study programme. These regulations can be found on the SharePoint site of your faculty or study programme. Regulations that apply to all at the HU The most important HU-wide regulations for you are those in the ‘Student and Teaching’ and ‘Participation’ categories. Examples are: -
-
-
-
-
-
The HU Student Charter: Your general rights and obligations as a student; The HU Teaching and Examination Regulations: These set out your rights and obligations as a student with regard to teaching, exams, and other related matters; The Enrolment Regulations: These describe the procedural aspects of enrolment, tuition fees, and unenrolment. See Section 0; The HU Legal Protection for Students Regulations: These describe the steps you can take if you do not agree with something. See Chapter 7 and www.klachtenwegwijzer.hu.nl; The Talent Grant: The different types of financial support that HU can provide you with are set out here. See Section 8.2; The Programme Committee Regulations: These cover everything related to the Programme Committee (departmental level advisory bodies). See Section 4.4; The Regulations on Undesirable Behaviour: These set out the rules of conduct at the HU. The IT Code of Conduct This describes the rules of conduct in relation to the use of computers and the HU network.
The most up-to-date versions of the regulations can be found at www.reglementen.hu.nl. The most important regulations for students, including the Teaching and Examination Regulations and this Study Guide, are revised every year. The new versions replace the old versions, which then cease to be valid. If it is necessary to maintain old rules, a transitional arrangement will apply, stating for whom and until when certain old rules shall apply. The HU Teaching and Examination Regulations for Bachelor’s programmes and the Study Guide for a particular academic year apply to every student who has enrolled for that academic year. Faculty and study programme regulations You can find faculty regulations via the SharePoint site of your study programme. Examples include house rules, exam protocols, and other matters that only apply to students in the faculty in question. Chapter 10 of the HU Teaching and Examination Regulations for Bachelor’s programmes also contains rules that apply to every student in the faculty concerned. Chapter 10 of the same regulations for your faculty can be found at www.reglementen.hu.nl. The HU Teaching and Examination Regulations are set
65/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
out in greater detail in the Study Guide in the form of rules relating to study programmes – these apply to students on the relevant programme. All the HU Study Guides can be found at www.studiegidsen.hu.nl.
9.1.4
Rules governing order
Article 50 of the Student Charter (see www.reglementen.hu.nl) regulates the maintenance of order at the HU. Briefly, it entails the following: Provisions and instructions In order to maintain order, provisions and instructions that have been laid down by or on behalf of the Executive Board and faculty management apply at the HU, in addition to the law in general. They relate to, but are not limited to, the following topics:
Undesirable behaviour; Fraud and irregularities during exams (see Section 4.4.2); The use of the buildings and grounds and their facilities; Reporting of absence by students as a result of illness or other causes; Exceptional circumstances.
Clothing that covers the face is banned at the HU. Study programmes may impose additional clothingrelated rules if this is considered necessary on account of the practical nature of the lessons. Obligations of students As a student, you have the following obligations on the basis of the Working Conditions Act:
The obligation to act carefully and cautiously when working and studying; The obligation to be familiar with safety and other regulations that relate to your work and studies; The obligation to use safety provisions correctly and to wear or apply compulsory protection equipment; The obligation to report unsafe or unhealthy work situations to the relevant faculty management.
Sanctions If you are in breach of any of the provisions or instructions, or if you fail to fulfil your obligations, the faculty management may impose the following sanctions:
The issuing of a warning or reprimand; Denial of access to the buildings and grounds of the HU for a period not exceeding one year; Termination of your enrolment.
Your enrolment as a student at the HU may also be refused or terminated. This will occur if you show by your words or your actions that you are not fit for the profession for which you are being trained, or are unsuitable for the practical preparations that the training involves. If you are guilty of any irregularities, the Board of Examiners may also impose sanctions. It may decide, for example, that you may not take any exams for a certain amount of time, and it can also withhold your diploma. The Board can also advise your faculty director to terminate your enrolment permanently. The sanctions available to the Board of Examiners are described in greater detail in Section 4.4.2 of this Study Guide and in Article 38 of the HU Teaching and Examination Regulations for Bachelor’s programmes 20122013.
9.1.5
Quality assurance
The HU devotes a great deal of care and attention to quality. Quality assurance relates, among other things, to every aspect of teaching, the curriculum, study progress, supervision, the organization of teaching, and the relationship between the study programme and the employment market. The system of quality assurance used by the programme is described in precise detail in the quality plan. This describes how a clearer idea of the quality of the programmes is obtained, how things might be 66/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
improved, how you are involved with the evaluation of the quality of teaching, and how the results of the evaluations are reported. Programme Committees play an important role in the system of quality assurance and are responsible for bringing about major improvements. The quality of teaching is of course best evaluated by you and your fellow students. You will therefore be approached on a regular basis to complete anonymous questionnaires in which you can give your evaluations. Surveys At the FEM you will be given the opportunity to fill in course- and teacher evaluations at the end of eacht study term. In the spring you will take part in a university-wide Student Satisfaction Survey, the results of which are made known via Netpresenter and your study programme’s intranet. The Operations department conducts a Customer Satisfaction Survey amongt students, teachers and staff. The results of this survey are also published via Nepresenter and your study programme’s intranet. Do you have a complaint or a good idea? We like to now both! Not only can you express a complaint, but also so that we can hear how you think we can improve the FEM. For your ideas or complaints, call the Tips & Dips Line: 088 481 62 40. All telephone calls are treated in confidence. You can also register your ideas or complaints using a special form available at the Student Desk’s informationsite.
9.1.6
HU organizational chart
An organizational chart of the HU is shown at www.hu.nl/overdeHU. Click on ‘In het kort’ and then on ‘Organogram' Teaching at the HU is organized in institutes and centres. The Bachelor’s programmes are provided by the institutes. Institutes are groups of lecturers who are each responsible for one or more study programmes. Knowledge centres are groups of professors who are responsible for the implementation of research programmes. The parttime bachelorstudies at the FEM are a part of the Centre for Business & Management. The HU is organized into faculties. See Section 9.1.7.
9.1.7
HU locations
HU locations in Utrecht and Amersfoort The addresses and route descriptions for all locations in Utrecht and Amersfoort are on www.hu.nl/adressen. For those using public transport, go to www.9292ov.nl.
9.2
General information on the faculty economics & management
9.2.1
General
The Faculty of Economics & Management (FEM) is one of the six faculties at Hogeschool Utrecht University of Applied Sciences. The FEM has almost 5.500 student and employs a staff of around 400. Thee basis for our education is competence-base learning and the professional field is the guiding principle for our graduate profiles. The faculty develops itself from educational institution into knowledge institution where education, research, innovation and knowledge circulation are central themes. The FEM promotes itself as a broad Business School cinsisting of the following three institutes: Institute for Marketing & Commerce Institute for Business Economics Institute for Business Administration. Within these institutes bachelor courses are being organised on fulltime and parttime basis. Also, master courses are being offered. 67/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
9.2.2
Organizational chart of the faculty
An organizational chart of the faculty is available at your study programme’s intranet.
9.2.3
Contact information
The FEM can be easily reached by car and public transport. Directions can be found on www.hu.nl. Visitors address: Postal address: Telephone (main switchboard): Internal alarm number:
9.2.4
Padualaan 101, 3584 CH Utrecht PO Box 85029, 3508 AA Utrecht 088 481 62 00 088 481 64 41
Map
Hereby the map of the FEM building. An important place is the Student Desk (0.115) and the Service Desk (0.101) (see section 2.8.3 and 9.2.6).
68/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
9.2.5
Practical provisions and instructions
69/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
The following rules of a practical nature apply at the HU: -
5
You must be able to prove your identity with a valid identity document . Mobile telephones must be switched off during lessons. If you are late, you may be refused entry. Smoking, cycling, roller skating, skating, and bringing pets in the building are prohibited. Clear away your waste, and dispose of it in the correct containers and bins. Faculty property may not be removed from the premises without written permission. Posters and placards may only be hung up on the notice boards in the lift area of the building. In the event of an emergency, call the alarm number for the building: 088 – 481 6441
The faculty management may impose further instructions of a practical nature.
9.2.6
Facilities
Reception The reception is on the ground floor near the main entrance. The reception employees can show you the way in the building, are in charge of supervision and the telephone switchboard and receive the calls from lecturers reporting sick. There is a digital information board near the reception on which timetable changes and absences of lecturers are mentioned. Reports of sickness can also be found on Netpresenter (screensaver) or your study programme’s intranet. Restaurant Warm meals, rolls, drinks and other snacks are available at the canteen. In the canteen you can only pay by Facility card or by a debet card (see paragraph payment in the building). If the canteen is closed you can get coffee, soft drinks and snacks at the vending machines that are in the building. The student restaurant is named HUgo! The space above HUgo is also especially for the students and is named HUib. Personnel have a separate space called FEMke, above reception. The opening hours of the restaurant are form Monday – Friday 09.30 – 14.00. During examination weeks and holidays, opening hours can be adjusted. Service desk For everything not directly related to education you can contact the Service desk. Facility Reporting Centre You can report complaints, requests, information and technical problems with facilities such as photocopiers via 088 481 6666 or
[email protected], or at the Service Desk. Paying within the building At photocopiers and printers and at the coffee and soft drink vending machines you can only pay by „chipknip‟ or debet card. The same also applies to purchases in the restaurant. The chipknip loading point is located on the ground floor opposite the jungle patio. There are also loading points at the Communication and Journalism Faculty, the University of Utrecht (Educatorium) and around the corner at the „De Basket‟ restaurant. You can also purchase prepaid chipknip cards (€10 and €20 denominations) at the Utrecht University Educatorium. Facilities for the disabled The building is excellently accessible for the disabled with an extra wide entrance, automatic sliding doors and wide doors and gangways. There are two elevators and there is a toilet for the disabled on each floor for which the key can be collected at the reception. The parking places for the disabled are situated at the back of the building. An application for this can be filed at the Facility Reporting Centre (
[email protected]). Study environment/work stations for students 5
A passport, European identity card, Dutch or international driving licence or refugee document
70/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
The education in our faculty is based on what is known as competency-based learning. This means that not only knowledge, but also attitude and practical skills play an important role in the education. You will therefore regularly carry out assignments, individually or in groups. Computers are often essential for these, and so FEM makes special facilities available for students in this area. There are over 450 computer workplaces for students in computer rooms, project rooms, the Media Library and on the study squares. FEM also has a wireless network, so you can work with your own laptop. . Experience has shown that the computers are most fully occupied at the end of the course term. To avoid capacity problems, it is important to plan well and not wait until the last minute to complete project assignments and reports. You can only work in computer rooms 0.01 to 0.08, 0.46 and 1.02 if they are not being used for lectures. You can find the times when these rooms are timetabled for lectures on the doors of the rooms. During examination terms only a limited number of rooms are available for independent working. Computer rooms 0.45 and 0.47 are silent rooms where you can work undisturbed. There are a total of 52 PCs there for individual work. You can use project rooms 0.41, 0.42, 0.43, 0.44, 0.48 and 0.50 when you want to work in a group. You can also make use of project rooms 0.61 to 0.86 for assignments with fellow students. There are thirteen rooms for a maximum of six people with two PCs (odd room numbers) and thirteen rooms for a maximum of eight people with three PCs (even room numbers). The rooms are available during the opening times, and can be used for group work. You can reserve a project room at the Service Desk. Of course we expect that you will leave the rooms in a tidy condition. There are group workplaces in HUib (the upper canteen) for meetings of groups of 3 to 5 people. The study squares are areas where students and lecturers can meet and cooperate. You will find workspaces here where you can work together with your group and where you can consult your lecturer. There are pc‟s and laptop workspaces available on the squares. Printing, scanning and faxing There are printers available for students available in the study squares, in the corridor of the computer workstations, in the Library, in the Facility square and in the corridor of the project rooms. In addition there is a colour printer available in the Facility square. From each PC you can print on one of these printers. In the Library you can use a scanner. There is in the Facility square a copying machine equipped with a scanner and e-mail function. With this you can send a fax. Instructions are hanging above the copying machine. Are you using Apple or Windows on your laptop? Then you can add a printer from the HU-network via www.printen.hu.nl (Use Internet Explorer as your browser for Windows). Because laptops can have multiple personalised settings, HU can not guarantee a smooth functioning. Are you not allowed to add a printer via the site? Please go with you notebook to the Service Desk at the back of the building. IT problems Problems with or breakdowns of PCs or software programmes can be reported to the Service desk. Audiovisual equipment Mobile audio visual equipment can be reserved at the reception. This concerns equipment in addition to the „fixed‟ equipment present in the halls and classrooms. Beamers tape recorders for interviews. Online reservations can only be fulfilled 24 hours in advance, otherwise your request can not be taken into consideration. The reservation form can be downloaded via your study programme’s intranet Repro service The repro service can print small or large quantities for you and can bind reports for you. Faculty of Communication and Journalism, Padualaan 99 Utrecht, Xerox Reproshop, 088 481 3565 or
[email protected] 71/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Readers For some courses it may be required to order a reader. These can be ordered online via https://hu.xeroxwebwinkel.nl/
9.2.7
Enrolment for and unenrolling from the study programme
Enrolments Office The Enrolments Office is responsible for enrolling and unenrolling students at the HU, for collecting tuition fees, and for issuing student identity cards. Enrolment You may enrol as a student for a study programme if you fulfil the following conditions:
You meet the admission requirements (see Sections 9.2.8 and 2.5.1); You have paid your tuition fees (or if payment has been arranged by a standing order or letter of guarantee); You meet the other requirements, as stated in the HU Enrolment Regulations (see www.reglementen.hu.nl). You may only use the services and facilities of the HU when you have officially enrolled. If you have successfully completed a preliminary year for an HBO or WO study programme, you may be able to enter the study programme at a more advanced stage of the programme. In that case, you will be exempt from the preliminary year subjects. If you wish to enrol for the main stage, you can use www.studielink.nl, but you should first contact the study programme. They will be able to tell you more about your options and determine whether you meet the requirements for being able to enter the main stage of the programme. Re-enrolment You must re-enrol in every academic year. You can arrange this and payment of your tuition fees online, via Studielink - www.hu.studielink.nl. Before the start of a new year (in around June), you will receive a message about it from the Enrolments Office. If you have received a negative recommendation on the continuation of your studies (see Section 0) at the end of the academic year, you may not re-enrol for the same study programme (and in some cases, not for related programmes either) at the HU. Re-enrolment for a lottery-selected programme If in the 2012-2013 academic year or at an earlier interim point in time you de-enrolled from a programme for which the students are selected by draw, then in principle you cannot be re-enrolled for the same programme (see HU Enrolment Regulations, Article 6, Section 2). You can be re-enrolled for a lotteryselected programme if you hold a positive recommendation on continuation of studies or on the basis of a decision to that effect by, or on behalf of, the Faculty Director by virtue of a declaration by a student counsellor stating that the interim de-enrolment took place on the recommendation of a student counsellor due to exceptional circumstances as set out in Article 23 Section 12 of the OER (Teaching and Examination Regulations). Contact a student counsellor in good time if you are confronted with this type of situation. Student identity card and proof of enrolment When your enrolment or re-enrolment process has been completed, you will receive a student identity card and proof of enrolment. Your student identity card also serves as proof of enrolment. Termination of enrolment If you do not re-enrol for the new academic year, your enrolment will end on 1 September. If your enrolment ends, then you will no longer be entitled to a student grant or your student public transport pass. 72/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
You may also request that your enrolment be terminated during the academic year. This will then take effect from the first following month, or later if you request it. Even if you have graduated, you still need to unenrol yourself, using Studielink. You can unenrol with effect from the first day of the month following the month in which your diploma is issued. Please note! The unenrolment date is important for the purpose of getting back any tuition fees you may be owed and for your right to a student grant. For more information about possible reimbursement of tuition fees when unenrolling, see the HU Enrolment Regulations at www.reglementen.hu.nl. Finally, your enrolment may be terminated if you have not paid your tuition fees after receiving a reminder. It will then be terminated with effect from the second month following the reminder. The above information is just a summary. The procedures are described in full in the HU Enrolment Regulations (see www.reglementen.hu.nl). For more information about enrolling and unenrolling, go to the Enrolments Office website: www.inschrijven.hu.nl.
9.2.8
Admission test
If you do not have the correct prior educational qualifications for the study programme and you are 21 or over, then you will have to take part in the programme’s admission test 21+ in order to be able to join the programme. The admission test consists of three of four exams and an intake interview. The purpose of the admission test is to enable us to determine whether your knowledge, understanding and language skills make you suitable for higher vocational education. The knowledge level that you will be tested on is that of the HAVO final exam. The admission test is also called the colloquium doctum. This test is only provided in Dutch. You can find more information at www.toelatingsonderzoek.hu.nl International students The minimal requirements for entrance are a )senior’ secondary school diploma. Verification of foreign diplomas can take up to six weeks. Specific information about required diplomas can be found on www.international.hu.nl All students must provide a result from an internationally recognized test of English, unless their native language is English or the instruction language of their previous )secondary’ education was English: IELTS (academic level): minimum score 6.0 (obligatory for Chinese students); TOEFL: minimum score 80 internetbased (213 computerbased, 550 paperbased); Cambridge certificate of Advanced English; Anglia Certificate of English Proficiency Level. See art. 10-13 OER-HU.
9.2.9
Study costs, supplementary fees, and rebates
Education at the HU costs money.
9.2.9.1 Tuition fees Your situation determines whether you pay statutory tuition fees or institutional tuition fees. In general, the rules are as follows. You pay statutory tuition fees if:
73/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
You are not already in possession of a Bachelor’s degree if you are following a Bachelor’s programme, or a Master’s degree if you are following a Master’s programme. This does not apply if you intend to start a study programme in the field of healthcare or education, unless your previous degree was in either of these fields; and You live in the Netherlands, Belgium, Luxembourg or in the German Länder of North RhineWestphalia, Lower Saxony or Bremen; and You are of Dutch nationality or equivalent (in accordance with Article 2.2 of the Student Grant Act 2000).
For the 2013-2014 academic year, the tuition fees are as follows:
€1,835 for full-time students; €1,835 for dual students; €1,508 for part-time students; €1,649 for part-time students who are taking a government-funded Master’s at the FE or the FMR.
The institutional tuition fees for the 2013-2014 academic year are:
€7,747 for full-time students; €7,747 for dual students; €6,363 for part-time students; €6,960 for part-time students who are taking a government-funded Master’s; €16,835 for dual students who are taking the government-funded Master’s in PA or a governmentfunded Master’s in ANP.
If you were taking two Bachelor’s programmes in 2012-2013, then the fees are different (see below). If you have to go abroad as a compulsory part of your studies or for an internship (and as a result are unable to remain registered with the local city council), you are subject to institutional tuition fees which are set at the same level as statutory tuition fees. Two Bachelor’s programme at the same time If you were enrolled on two Bachelor’s programmes in the 2013-2014 academic year or earlier, or if you are going to enrol on a second Bachelor’s programme in 2013-2014, then you fall under a different arrangement. If you have obtained your degree for the first programme and are aiming to complete the second one, you will have to pay institutional tuition fees (unless your degree is in the healthcare or education fields). On the basis of an agreement between HBO institutions and the Ministry, you will be liable to pay institutional tuitions fees for 2011-2012 and 2012-2013 that have been set at the same level as statutory tuition fees. The cabinet intends to extend the covenant. For these students, the Executive Board has decided that the institutional tuition fees for the 2013-2014 academic year will remain the same as the current statutory tuition fees. Look for the most recent information about tution fees: www.bureauinschrijving.hu.nl Two Bachelor’s programmes in succession Legislation was drastically revised with effect from 1 September 2010. One important change is the law whereby the Ministry of Education, Culture and Science only funds one Bachelor’s and one Master’s, with no distinction being made between HBO and WO degrees. If you have already obtained a Bachelor’s or Master’s degree (unless it was before 1991-1992) and you wish to enrol, or if you already have a degree and are now enrolled for a second Bachelor’s or Master’s programme, then you come under the category known as ‘stapelaars’. For their second Bachelor’s or Master’s programme, they do not pay statutory tuition fees, but institutional tuition fees. The government has made an exception for those taking a programme in healthcare or education, but only if the first degree was not in either of these fields. Institutional tuition fees are considerably higher than their statutory counterparts, because the HU no longer receives any government support for students who take a second Bachelor’s or Master’s programme.
74/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Tuition fees are in some cases tax deductible (www.belastingdienst.nl). If you work, then ask your employer about the options. Enrolling as an external student Examination fees for external students have been set by the HU at €1,835. This type of enrolment is for students who are only taking exams and who do not need any supervision or support. External students may not attend lessons; they only take exams. It is not always possible to enrol as an external student. For this programme, a student may not enrol as an external student.
9.2.9.2 Costs of books and learning materials According to the booklist you can calculate the costs for study books and other learning materials. See art. 27 OER-HU
9.2.9.3 Other costs You will need at least € 600 per month to cover rent, food, insurance, transport and other expense. This does not cover study expenses. Excursions are occasionally arranged by lecturers which may involve a small transport cost. Students studying at a partner university will be charged regular Dutch tuition fees, not the fees of the university abroad. Most student visas allow part-time work to help with the expenses of living abroad, such as accommodation, travel, etc. Students on internships usually receive some financial help from the company to help with expenses. See art. 27 OER-HU.
9.2.9.4 Financial assistance If you are no longer able to bear the costs for certain educational facilities on account of demonstrable financial reasons, you may be eligible for financial assistance. You should submit such a request to the faculty management. The HU provides financial support for students who have fallen behind schedule with their studies for exceptional reasons. These could be related to administrative activities or other exceptional circumstances. To obtain financial support in relation to exceptional circumstances, you must apply through your student counsellor. For more information, see the HU Talent Grant or go to www.studentvoorzieningen.hu.nl. For financial support for students involved in administrative activities, see Section 8.14.2.
75/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
10
Course descriptions
Titel
Business & IT 2 AIS
Opleidingsvariant
Werkvorm: Voltijd Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5
Cursuscode Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentiemogelijkheden?
1.6 1.7 1.8
Contactpersoon
1.9 1.10
Voertaal Werkvormen:
MBIB-BUSIT2-11 Business & IT 2 AIS Business & IT 2 AIS 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
MBM van der Ven (tel. 088 481 6547 &) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvorm
Aanwezigheid verplicht?
Frequentie
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
Werkcollege
verplicht
7 maal per blok
840 minuten
1.11
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden? bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2
Toetsen:
Toetsvorm
Resultaatschaal
Minimum cijfer
Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
Written Exam
Standaard
4
100
1
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden? bij aanvangsblok 2: 1. blok 2, week 46
76/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1
Korte beschrijving
2.2
Learning outcomes
2.3
Kennisbasis
Students will learn how to analyse, describe and document the company’s business data needs and business performance results, focussing on the key business activities of a company and the logistics of making decisions in a production/trade company. Students will learn to report on the efficiency and effectiveness of the business processes and how to make solutionproposals for possible management-decision-making improvements. Specific Focus will be on: The supply chain The sales process The warehouse/inventory process The purchase process Trade companies Production companies Logistic companies
WORKLOAD:
Class contact hours 14 hours of instruction lectures Readings Preparing Problem solving Exam preparation Exam TOTAL
2.4 Geen
14 hours 25 hours 7 hours 26 hours 10 hours 2 hours ------------------84 hours
Ingangseisen Kosten en studiematerialen
2.5
Geen kosten Materiaal: Boek (verplicht) : Accounting Information Systems; Marshall Romney e.a.; 013196855-6 11; Pearson, Prentice Hall; Diversen (verplicht) : Diversen, Verstrekt tijdens werkcolleges; 2.6 Workload Contactduur (uren): 14 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 14
77/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal. 2.7 Opmerkingen 2.8
URL cursussite
78/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Titel
Business Communication 2
Opleidingsvariant
Werkvorm: Voltijd Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10
Cursuscode Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentiemogelijkheden? Contactpersoon Voertaal Werkvormen:
MBIB-EXBUSCO2-06 Business Communication 2 Business Communication 2 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
M Lind (tel. +31884816281) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvorm
Aanwezigheid verplicht?
Frequentie
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
Training 1
niet verplicht
7 maal per blok
560 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
Training 2
niet verplicht
7 maal per blok
560 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
1.11
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden?
Toetsen:
Toetsvorm
Resultaatschaal
Minimum cijfer
Written Exam+Assignment
Standaard
4
Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
100
2
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden? bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 3, week 6 2. blok 4, week 16
79/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1
Korte beschrijving
2.2
Learning outcomes
2.3
Kennisbasis
2.4 Geen
Ingangseisen
2.5
Kosten en studiematerialen
Geen kosten 2.6 Workload Contactduur (uren): 19 Toetsduur (uren): 2 Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 21 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal. 2.7 Opmerkingen 2.8
URL cursussite
80/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Titel
Business English 3 Argumentation
Opleidingsvariant
Werkvorm: Voltijd Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10
Cursuscode Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentiemogelijkheden? Contactpersoon Voertaal Werkvormen:
Nee
SM Ashley (tel. 088 - 481 6345) (
[email protected]) Engels
Aanwezigheid verplicht?
Werkvorm
Lecture 2
niet verplicht
Lecture 1
1.11
MBIB-BUSENGAR-10 Business English 3 Argumentation Business English 3 Argumentation 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase)
niet verplicht
Frequentie
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
7 maal per blok
7 maal per blok
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden?
560 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2 bij aanvangsblok 4: blok 4
560 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2 bij aanvangsblok 4: blok 4
Toetsen:
Toetsvorm
Resultaatschaal
Debate & essay
Written Exam
Minimum cijfer
Standaard
Standaard
4
5
Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
50
50
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden?
4
bij aanvangsblok 2: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6 bij aanvangsblok 4: 1. blok 4, week 16 2. blok 5, week 27
4
bij aanvangsblok 2: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6 bij aanvangsblok 4: 1. blok 4, week 16 2. blok 5, week 27
81/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1
Korte beschrijving
By the end of this course, a student should be able to (1) independently prepare and deliver a presentation arguing for or against a proposal using modern presentation techniques, (2) write a professional report in English persuading the reader of her point of view, (3) convince others orally and in writing of her point of view using legitimate forms of argumentation, (4) recognise legitimate and false forms of argumentation used by others, and (5) evaluate the correctness and relevance of arguments. 2.2 Learning outcomes 2.3 Kennisbasis
y the end of this course, a student should be able to: 1. Independently prepare and deliver a presentation arguing for or against a proposal, using modern presentation techniques; 2. Write a professional report in English persuading the reader of her point of view; 3. Convince others orally and in writing of her point of view using legitimate forms of argumentation; 4. Recognise legitimate and false forms of argumentation used by others; and 5. Evaluate arguments with regard to correctness and relevance. WORKLOAD: Total hours:
84 hours
:5.4pt;padding-left:5.4pt;width:90.46667;borderleft:#e0dfe3;padding-bottom:0cm;bordertop:#e0dfe3;border-bottom:#e0dfe3;paddingtop:0cm;border-right:#e0dfe3;" width="90">
Lectures (6 weeks x 160 minutes): Reading, self-study and exercises: Debate (including desk research and meetings
Essay (including desk research): Exam preparation:
16 20 Debate (including desk research and meetings with partner): 20 11.5
15
11.5
ont-size:11pt;fontsize:11pt;fontsize:11pt;fontsize:11pt;font-size:11pt" face="Arial">Exam preparation:
Exam: 2.4
Ingangseisen
82/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Geen Kosten en studiematerialen
2.5
Geen kosten Materiaal: Reader (verplicht) : Reader (available on course site in Sharepoint); 2.6 Workload Contactduur (uren): 19 Toetsduur (uren): 2 Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 20 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal. 2.7 Opmerkingen 2.8 URL cursussite
83/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Titel
Business English for Exchange
Opleidingsvariant
Werkvorm: Voltijd Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10
Cursuscode Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentiemogelijkheden? Contactpersoon Voertaal Werkvormen:
Werkvorm
Nee
M Lind (tel. +31884816281) (
[email protected]) Nederlands
Aanwezigheid verplicht?
Tutorial 2
verplicht
Tutorial 1
1.11
MBIB-EXBUSENG-13 Business English for Exchange Business English for Exchange 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase)
verplicht
Frequentie
7 maal per blok
7 maal per blok
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden?
560 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2 bij aanvangsblok 4: blok 4
560 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2 bij aanvangsblok 4: blok 4
Toetsen:
Toetsvorm
Resultaatschaal
Debate & Essay
Written Exam
Minimum cijfer
5,5
invoeren in cijfers (1 t/m 10 of NA)
5,5
Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
50
50
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden?
4
bij aanvangsblok 2: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6 bij aanvangsblok 4: 1. blok 4, week 16 2. blok 5, week 27
4
bij aanvangsblok 2: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6 bij aanvangsblok 4: 1. blok 4, week 16 2. blok 5, week 27
84/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1
Korte beschrijving
By the end of this course, a student should be able to (1) independently prepare and deliver a presentation arguing for or against a proposal using modern presentation techniques, (2) write a professional report in English persuading the reader of her point of view, (3) convince others orally and in writing of her point of view using legitimate forms of argumentation, (4) recognise legitimate and false forms of argumentation used by others, and (5) evaluate the correctness and relevance of arguments
2.2
Learning outcomes
2.3
Kennisbasis
Successful managers persuade colleagues and customers of their points of view using clear and logical argumentation. They are able to give professional presentations using ICT skills. They are also good listeners, able to 'read between the lines'. By studying this course, students will learn to express their ideas coherently. This course will also help them identify and exploit flaws in others' reasoning. The oral debate, argumentative essay and exam will not only help develop these argumentation skills but also improve oral, aural and written communication, which are fundamental to a manager's effectiveness. WORKLOAD: Total hours: 84 hours including lectures (7 weeks x 160 minutes) (19 hours), reading, self-study and exercises (17 hours), Debate (including desk research and meetings with partner) (15 hours)Essay (including desk research) (20 hours) and exam preparation (11.5 hours) and exam (1.5 hours).
2.4 Geen
Ingangseisen Kosten en studiematerialen
2.5 Geen kosten
2.6 Workload Contactduur (uren): 19 Toetsduur (uren): 2 Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 20 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal. 2.7 Opmerkingen 2.8
URL cursussite
https://cursussen.sharepoint.hu.nl/fem/12/MBIB-EXBUSENG-13
85/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Titel
Business Ethics
Opleidingsvariant
Werkvorm: Voltijd Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10
Cursuscode Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentiemogelijkheden? Contactpersoon Voertaal Werkvormen:
5 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
M Lind (tel. +31884816281) (
[email protected]) Nederlands
Aanwezigheid verplicht?
Werkvorm
Tutorial 2
verplicht
Tutorial 1
1.11
MBIB-BUSET-13 Business Ethics
verplicht
Frequentie
7 maal per blok
7 maal per blok
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden?
1120 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2 bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
840 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2 bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
Toetsen:
Toetsvorm
Resultaatschaal
Assignment
Exam
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
Minimum cijfer
5,5
invoeren in cijfers (1 t/m 10 of NA)
5,5
Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
50
50
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden?
3
bij aanvangsblok 2: 1. blok 2, week 46 bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 3, week 6 2. blok 4, week 16
3
bij aanvangsblok 2: 1. blok 2, week 46 bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 3, week 6 2. blok 4, week 16
86/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1
Korte beschrijving
This course deals with Ethics in s ustainability, Corporate Social Responsibility and in the business environment. It has a very i nternational focus; in theories (e.g. Anglo Saxon and Rhineland) and in business case material. The focus of this course is not Ethics from a philosofical point of view but on the de cision making process, it takes a very practical approach in a business context. This course aims at developing the capabilities of students to be future generators of sustainable value for business and society at large and to work for an inclusive and sustainable global economy.
2.2
Learning outcomes
2.3
Kennisbasis
This course will deal with frameworks as Corporate Social Responisbility, Stakeholder Management, and different theories of ethics. Students will understand the ethical issues involved in operating in a global context, understand the role of civil society organizations and other stakeholders. They have to take an ethical standpoint and to be able to defend their position with the use of sound arguments and in relation to the interest of the organization they belong to. Furthermore they have to be able to contribute to the ethical aspects of decision making in business, and show responsibility towards the internal and external environment of business.
2.4 Geen
Ingangseisen Kosten en studiematerialen
2.5
Geen kosten Materiaal: Boek (verplicht) : Business ethics and corporate social responsibility (1st ed.); Paul Griseri and Nina Seppala; ; 2010; South-Western Cengage Learning; 2.6 Workload Contactduur (uren): 33 Toetsduur (uren): 2 Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 34 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal. 2.7 Opmerkingen 2.8
URL cursussite
https://cursussen.sharepoint.hu.nl/fem/12/MBIB-BUSET-13
87/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Titel
Business Ethics
Opleidingsvariant
Werkvorm: Voltijd Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10
Cursuscode Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentiemogelijkheden? Contactpersoon Voertaal Werkvormen:
Werkvorm
Nee
NMM Teeken (
[email protected]) Engels
Aanwezigheid verplicht?
Training
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
Frequentie
verplicht
Hoorcollege
1.11
MBIB-BUSETHI-09 Business Ethics Business Ethics 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase)
7 maal per blok
verplicht
3 maal per blok
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden?
840 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1 bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
360 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1 bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
Toetsen:
Toetsvorm
Assessment
Resultaatschaal
Standaard
Minimum cijfer
4
Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
100
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
4
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden? bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 36 2. blok 2, week 46 bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 3, week 6 2. blok 4, week 16
88/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1
Korte beschrijving
2.2
Learning outcomes
2.3
Kennisbasis
Course Goals and Learning Objectives • Understanding contemporary ethical and social theories and/or issues that impact ethical business behaviour • Understanding different perspectives related to contemporary ethical and social theories and/or issues • Developing ethical responsibility • Being able to apply or introduce ethical code of conduct within the business practice WORKLOAD: Business Ethics & International Management Behavior studyburden hrs aantal ec Werkcollege weekly classes (7 weeks x 120 minutes) 14 1 Hoorcollege 3 lectures x 90 minutes 4,5 opdrachten individual assignments 7 Groepswerk grouppresentation 4 literatuurstudie / bestuderen theorie Selfstudy, including reading and preparation, 7 hrs. P week 49 2 excursie bedrijsbezoek optional nvt tentamen voorbereiding Exam preparation 7 written Exam / Essay / Sitdown 5 totaal 90,5 3
2.4 Geen
Ingangseisen Kosten en studiematerialen
2.5
Geen kosten Materiaal: Boek (verplicht) : Understanding Business Ethics; Stanwick & Stanwick; 978-0-13-712989; International Edition; Pearson; 2.6 Workload Contactduur (uren): 20 Toetsduur (uren): 2 Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 22 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal. 2.7 Opmerkingen 2.8
URL cursussite
89/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Titel
Business French 1
Opleidingsvariant
Werkvorm: Voltijd Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 Cursuscode 1.2 Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in 1.3 Engels 1.4 Aantal EC's 1.5 Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk 1.6 voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentie1.7 mogelijkheden? 1.8 Contactpersoon 1.9 Voertaal 1.10 Werkvormen:
MBIB-BFRENCH1-13 Business French 1
5 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
KFL Biesemans Hoogewijs (tel. 088-4816497) (
[email protected]) Nederlands
Werkvorm
Aanwezigheid verplicht?
Frequentie
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden?
Training
verplicht
7 maal per blok
1050 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1
Training
verplicht
7 maal per blok
840 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1
1.11 Toetsen:
Toetsvorm
Resultaatschaal
Minimum cijfer
written exam
invoeren in cijfers (1 t/m 10 of NA)
5,5
Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
100
2
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden? bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 36 2. blok 2, week 46
90/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1
Korte beschrijving
This course offers you a basic knowledge of Business French (level A2 of CEF), preparing you for an internship or a course abroad in a French speaking country/ region. All skills (reading, writing, speaking and listening) will be practised on a basic level for dayto-day situations, although during the lectures most time is spent on speaking and listening. Apart from the language, you’ll learn about the (business) culture in the French speaking world.
2.2
Learning outcomes
2.3
Kennisbasis
The main objective is to give you enough idiomatic and grammatical knowledge to be able to participate in small, daily conversations and correspondence with French speaking business partners. After the course you will be able to:
- Order in a restaurant (ask for bill, ask for culinary details) - Go effectively through all steps of online shopping - talk about events in the past (how/ when/ why things happened) - talk about company (organization chart, history, activities, …) - talk about job profiles and professional competences - understand and give simple explanations about manufacturing process - understand and write simple rules and regulations - understand and write a basic job posting - write a basic CV - talk about your professional experience and skills - interact in a basic job interview - describe and discuss your working environment - make and accept suggestions - write short professional notes for internal use - write a basic letter of complaints - explain how to use common machines (copier, laptop, phone, ..) - fill out basic bank forms - leave messages on voice mail - name the parts of the body, describe symptoms - tell something basic about distinctive cultural items in the French speaking world (invitations, excuses, daily routine, spare time, …)
2.4 Geen
Ingangseisen Kosten en studiematerialen
2.5
Geen kosten Materiaal: Boek (verplicht) : Objectif Express - nouvelle édition 1 livre de l'élève + dvd-rom; Hachette; ISBN 9782011560070; ; ; Boek (verplicht) : Objectif Express - nouvelle édition 1 cahier d'activités; Hachette; ISBN 9782011560087; ; ; 2.6 Workload Contactduur (uren): 32 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 32 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal. 2.7 Opmerkingen 91/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2.8
URL cursussite
https://cursussen.sharepoint.hu.nl/fem/12/MBIB-BFRENCH1-13
92/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Titel
Business French 2
Opleidingsvariant
Werkvorm: Voltijd Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 Cursuscode 1.2 Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in 1.3 Engels 1.4 Aantal EC's 1.5 Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk 1.6 voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentie1.7 mogelijkheden? 1.8 Contactpersoon 1.9 Voertaal 1.10 Werkvormen:
MBIB-BFRENCH2-13 Business French 2
5 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
KFL Biesemans Hoogewijs (tel. 088-4816497) (
[email protected]) Nederlands
Werkvorm
Aanwezigheid verplicht?
Frequentie
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden?
Training
verplicht
7 maal per blok
1050 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2
Training
verplicht
7 maal per blok
840 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2
1.11 Toetsen:
Toetsvorm
Resultaatschaal
assessment
written exam
invoeren in cijfers (1 t/m 10 of NA)
Minimum cijfer
Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden?
5,5
50
2
bij aanvangsblok 2: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6
5,5
50
2
bij aanvangsblok 2: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6
93/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1
Korte beschrijving
This course offers you an intermediate knowledge of Business French (level B1.1 of CEF), preparing you for an internship or a course abroad in a French speaking country/ region. All skills (reading, writing, speaking and listening) will be practised on intermediate level for day-to-day situations, although during the lectures most time is spent on speaking and listening. Apart from the language, you will learn more about the (business) culture in the French speaking world.
2.2
Learning outcomes
2.3
Kennisbasis
The main objective is to give you enough idiomatic and grammatical knowledge to be able to participate in daily conversations and correspondence with French speaking business partners. After the course you will be able to: - Talk about professional tasks - Introduce yourself and others, welcome others - Talk about daily activities and routine - Make suggestions - Talk about your holidays - Talk about and discuss working conditions (abroad) - Discuss a project - Actively participate in a meeting (ask questions, introduce subjects, draw conclusions,…) - Describe and recommend a product/ service/ book - Compare products/ services - Discuss the (dis)advantages of a product/ service - Give professional instructions - ask and give information about a holiday destination in order to organize a (business) trip - leave a message on voice mail - write a formal e-mail (ask for and give information) - make and react to complaints - make a report of a business trip/ meeting - talk about your professional career
2.4 Geen
Ingangseisen Kosten en studiematerialen
2.5
Geen kosten Materiaal: Boek (verplicht) : Objectif Express 2 livre de l'élève + CD-audio; Hachette; ISBN 9782011555090; ; ; Boek (verplicht) : Objectif Express 2 cahier d'activités; Hachette; ISBN 9782011555106; ; ; 2.6 Workload Contactduur (uren): 32 Toetsduur (uren): 2 Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 34 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal. 2.7 Opmerkingen 2.8
URL cursussite
https://cursussen.sharepoint.hu.nl/fem/12/MBIB-BFRENCH2-13
94/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Titel
Business German 1
Opleidingsvariant
Werkvorm: Voltijd Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10
Cursuscode Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentiemogelijkheden? Contactpersoon Voertaal Werkvormen:
MBIB-BGERMAN1-13 Business German 1 Business German 1 5 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
UC Massholder (tel. 6891) (
[email protected]) Nederlands
Werkvorm
Aanwezigheid verplicht?
Frequentie
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
Werkcollege
verplicht
7 maal per blok
630 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1
Werkcollege
verplicht
7 maal per blok
630 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1
Werkcollege
verplicht
7 maal per blok
630 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1
1.11
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden?
Toetsen:
Toetsvorm
Resultaatschaal
Presentation
Written Exam
invoeren in cijfers (1 t/m 10 of NA)
Minimum cijfer
Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden?
5,5
20
2
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 36 2. blok 2, week 46
5,5
80
2
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 36 2. blok 2, week 46
95/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1
Korte beschrijving
Business German 2 prepares students with A2/B1 level for business communication in German on B1/B2 level
2.2
Learning outcomes
2.3
Kennisbasis
Speaking, reading, listening and writing; wide range of grammar and vocabulary; presentations, discussions/area studies
2.4 Geen 2.5
Ingangseisen Kosten en studiematerialen
Geen kosten Materiaal: Boek (verplicht) : Unternehmen Deutsch Aufbaukurs Lehrbuch; Braunert, Schlenker; ; ; Intertaal; Boek (verplicht) : Unternehmen Deutsch Aufbaukurs Arbeitsbuch; Braunert, Schlenker; ; ; Intertaal; 2.6 Workload Contactduur (uren): 32 Toetsduur (uren): 2 Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 34 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal. 2.7 Opmerkingen 2.8
URL cursussite
https://cursussen.sharepoint.hu.nl/fem/12/MBIB-BGERMAN1-13
96/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Titel
Business German 2
Opleidingsvariant
Werkvorm: Voltijd Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10
Cursuscode Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentiemogelijkheden? Contactpersoon Voertaal Werkvormen:
MBIB-BGERMAN2-13 Business German 2 Business German 2 5 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
UC Massholder (tel. 6891) (
[email protected]) Nederlands
Werkvorm
Aanwezigheid verplicht?
Frequentie
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
Training 1
verplicht
7 maal per blok
630 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2
Training 3
verplicht
7 maal per blok
630 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2
Training 2
verplicht
7 maal per blok
630 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2
1.11
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden?
Toetsen:
Toetsvorm
Resultaatschaal
Presentation
Written Exam
invoeren in cijfers (1 t/m 10 of NA)
Minimum cijfer
Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden?
5,5
30
2
bij aanvangsblok 2: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6
5,5
70
2
bij aanvangsblok 2: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6
97/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1
Korte beschrijving
Business German 2 prepares students with A2/B1 level for business communication in German on B1/B2 level
2.2
Learning outcomes
2.3
Kennisbasis
Speaking, reading, listening and writing; wide range of grammar and vocabulary; presentations, discussions/area studies
2.4 Geen 2.5
Ingangseisen Kosten en studiematerialen
Geen kosten Materiaal: Boek (verplicht) : Unternehmen Deutsch Aufbaukurs Lehrbuch; Braunert, Schlenker; ; ; Intertaal; Boek (verplicht) : Unternehmen Deutsch Aufbaukurs Arbeitsbuch; Braunert, Schlenker; ; ; Intertaal; 2.6 Workload Contactduur (uren): 32 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 32 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal. 2.7 Opmerkingen 2.8
URL cursussite
https://cursussen.sharepoint.hu.nl/fem/12/MBIB-BGERMAN2-13
98/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Titel
Business Process Management
Opleidingsvariant
Werkvorm: Voltijd Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10
Cursuscode Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentiemogelijkheden? Contactpersoon Voertaal Werkvormen:
MBIB-BPM-13 Business Process Management Business Process Management 5 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
MAJ Wezenberg (tel. 088-4816323) (
[email protected]) Nederlands
Werkvorm
Aanwezigheid verplicht?
Frequentie
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
Hoorcollege
verplicht
3 maal per blok
180 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1
Werkcollege
verplicht
7 maal per blok
840 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1
Werkcollege
verplicht
7 maal per blok
840 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1
1.11
Toetsen:
Toetsvorm
Resultaatschaal
Assignment
Exam
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden?
invoeren in cijfers (1 t/m 10 of NA)
Minimum cijfer
Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden?
5,5
40
2
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 36 2. blok 2, week 46
5,5
60
2
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 36 2. blok 2, week 46
99/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1
Korte beschrijving
After this course the student is able to: * Understands the link of Operations Management with the overall Strategy of the organization. * Understand how an ERP programm works within an organization * Is able to design, pland and control processes with help of different planning and design techniques. * Understands how different proces improvement techniques like Lean and Six Sigma work. * Analyse a proces and is aware of the resources, like ERP, that are needed to make the process work
2.2
Learning outcomes
2.3
Kennisbasis
After this course the student is able to: * Understands the link of Operations Management with the overall Strategy of the organization. * Understand how an ERP programm works within an organization * Is able to design, pland and control processes with help of different planning and design techniques. * Understands how different proces improvement techniques like Lean and Six Sigma work. * Analyse a proces and is aware of the resources, like ERP, that are needed to make the process work
2.4 Geen 2.5
Ingangseisen Kosten en studiematerialen
Geen kosten Materiaal: Boek (verplicht) : Operations Management; Slack; ISBN: 9780273731603; ; ; 2.6 Workload Contactduur (uren): 31 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 31 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal. 2.7 Opmerkingen 2.8
URL cursussite
https://cursussen.sharepoint.hu.nl/fem/12/MBIB-BPM-13
100/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Titel
Business Spanish 1
Opleidingsvariant
Werkvorm: Voltijd Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 Cursuscode 1.2 Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in 1.3 Engels 1.4 Aantal EC's 1.5 Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk 1.6 voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentie1.7 mogelijkheden? 1.8 Contactpersoon 1.9 Voertaal 1.10 Werkvormen:
MBIB-BSPAN1-13 Business Spanish 1
5 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
KFL Biesemans Hoogewijs (tel. 088-4816497) (
[email protected]) Nederlands
Werkvorm
Aanwezigheid verplicht?
Frequentie
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden?
training 2
verplicht
7 maal per blok
1050 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1
training 1
verplicht
7 maal per blok
840 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1
1.11 Toetsen:
Toetsvorm
Resultaatschaal
Minimum cijfer
written exam
invoeren in cijfers (1 t/m 10 of NA)
5,5
Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
100
2
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden? bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 36 2. blok 2, week 46
101/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1
Korte beschrijving
This course offers you a basic knowledge of Spanish, preparing you partially for an internship or a course abroad in a Spanish speaking country. All skills (reading, writing, speaking and listening) will be practised on a basic level for dayto-day situations, although during the lectures most time is spent on speaking and listening. Apart from the language, you’ll learn about the Spanish and Latin American culture.
2.2
Learning outcomes
2.3 Kennisbasis The main objective is to give you enough idiomatic and grammatical knowledge to be able to participate in small, daily conversations with Spanish speaking business partners. After the course you will be able to: - introduce yourself or others - greet people adequately: formal and informal context - talk about your study/ your work - talk about spare time - give and understand directions - describe the structure of a company and its activities - describe products - ask and answer simple questions about personal data (age, nationality, name, place of birth, telephone number, mail address, profession, …) - describe your house, your neighbourhood in terms of basic infrastructure - describe your country/ region/ city in terms of touristic infrastructure - express (dis)agreement - - express doubt or uncertainty - express quantities (numbers, prices, m2, %, …) - describe someone’s character - locate objects and people in space - compare objects - ask for and tell the time - ask for and tell the time - talk about time tables - understand a simple text: answer MC-questions about it, tick true or false statements - tell something basic about specific cultural items of the Spanish speaking world (names, errands, company culture, formal and informal interaction, housing, …) - Talk about time tables - express likes, dislikes, preferences - express likes, dislikes, preferences 2.4
Ingangseisen
Geen 2.5
Kosten en studiematerialen
Geen kosten Materiaal: Boek (verplicht) : Colegas 1 nueva edicion libro del alumno + audio-CD; Gonzalez; 978-905451723-8; ; Intertaal; Boek (verplicht) : Colegas 1 nueva edicion cuaderno de ejercicios + audio CD; Gonzalez; 978-9054517245; ; Intertaal; 2.6
Workload
Contactduur (uren): 32 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 32
102/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal. 2.7
Opmerkingen
2.8
URL cursussite
https://cursussen.sharepoint.hu.nl/fem/12/MBIB-BSPAN1-13
103/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Titel
Business Spanish 2
Opleidingsvariant
Werkvorm: Voltijd Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 Cursuscode 1.2 Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in 1.3 Engels 1.4 Aantal EC's 1.5 Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk 1.6 voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentie1.7 mogelijkheden? 1.8 Contactpersoon 1.9 Voertaal 1.10 Werkvormen:
MBIB-BSPAN2-13 Business Spanish 2
5 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
KFL Biesemans Hoogewijs (tel. 088-4816497) (
[email protected]) Nederlands
Werkvorm
Aanwezigheid verplicht?
Frequentie
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden?
Training
verplicht
7 maal per blok
1050 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2
Training
verplicht
7 maal per blok
840 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2
1.11 Toetsen:
Toetsvorm
Resultaatschaal
assessment
written exam
invoeren in cijfers (1 t/m 10 of NA)
Minimum cijfer
Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden?
5,5
50
2
bij aanvangsblok 2: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6
5,5
50
2
bij aanvangsblok 2: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6
104/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1 Korte beschrijving This course offers you a basic knowledge of Business Spanish (level A2 of CEF), preparing you for an internship or a course abroad in a Spanish speaking country. All skills (reading, writing, speaking and listening) will be practised on a basic level for day-to-day situations, although during the lectures most time is spent on speaking and listening.
Apart from the language, you’ll learn about the Spanish and Latin American culture. 2.2 Learning outcomes 2.3 Kennisbasis The main objective is to give you enough idiomatic and grammatical knowledge to be able to participate in small, daily conversations with Spanish speaking business partners. After the course you will be able to: - use basic linking words like: but, however, thus, besides, on the other hand, first of all, … - use the most common expressions in formal and informal telephone conversations - describe the structure of a company and its activities - describe jobs within the company - present a new product/ service to colleagues, describe this product/ service - talk about your future plans (internship, holidays) - ask and answer basic questions - describe basic graphs and tables using common expressions (growth, decline, stagnation, multiplication, ..) - talk about events in the past (when/ how/ in which order things happened) - describe habits in the past - talk about someone’s qualities/ character/ job profile
- tell something basic about distinctive cultural items in the Spanish speaking world (invitations, excuses, daily routine, spare time, …) 2.4 Ingangseisen Geen Kosten en 2.5 studiematerialen Geen kosten Materiaal: Boek (verplicht) : Colegas 1 nueva edicion libro del alumno + audio-CD; Gonzalez; ISBN 978-905451723-8; ; Intertaal; Boek (verplicht) : Colegas 1 nueva edicion cuaderno de ejercicios + audio CD; Gonzalez; ISBN 978905451724-5; ; Intertaal; 2.6 Workload Contactduur (uren): 32 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 32 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal. 2.7 Opmerkingen 2.8
URL cursussite
https://cursussen.sharepoint.hu.nl/fem/12/MBIB-BSPAN2-13
105/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Titel
Company Project
Opleidingsvariant
Werkvorm: Voltijd Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10
Cursuscode Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentiemogelijkheden? Contactpersoon Voertaal Werkvormen:
Werkvorm
Ja
W Klijnstra (tel. 088-4816955) (
[email protected]) Engels
Aanwezigheid verplicht?
Presentatie
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
Frequentie
verplicht
Project
1.11
MBIB-EXCOMPRO-11 Company Project Company Project 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase)
1 maal per blok
verplicht
2 maal per blok
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden?
120 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2 bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
180 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2 bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
Toetsen:
Toetsvorm
Assessment
Resultaatschaal
Standaard
Minimum cijfer
4
Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
100
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
3
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden? bij aanvangsblok 2: 1. blok 2, week 46 bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 3, week 6 2. blok 4, week 16
106/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1
Korte beschrijving
2.2
Learning outcomes
2.3
Kennisbasis
2.4 Geen
Ingangseisen Kosten en studiematerialen
2.5 Geen kosten
2.6 Workload Contactduur (uren): 5 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 5 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal. 2.7 Opmerkingen 2.8
URL cursussite
107/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Titel
Corporate Finance
Opleidingsvariant
Werkvorm: Voltijd Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10
Cursuscode Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentiemogelijkheden? Contactpersoon Voertaal Werkvormen:
Nee
CA Rau (tel. 6348) (
[email protected]) Engels
Aanwezigheid verplicht?
Werkvorm
Hoorcollege
7 maal per blok
niet verplicht
Werkcollege 1
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
Frequentie
niet verplicht
Werkcollege 2
1.11
MBIB-CORPFIN-09 Corporate Finance Corporate Finance 6 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase)
7 maal per blok
niet verplicht
7 maal per blok
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden?
840 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2 bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3 bij aanvangsblok 4: blok 4
420 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2 bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3 bij aanvangsblok 4: blok 4
560 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2 bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3 bij aanvangsblok 4: blok 4
Toetsen:
Toetsvorm
Wriiten Exam
Resultaatschaal
Minimum cijfer
Standaard
4
Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
100
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
4
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden? bij aanvangsblok 2: 1. blok 2, week 46 bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 3, week 6 bij aanvangsblok 4:
108/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
1. blok 4, week 16 2. blok 5, week 27
109/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1
Korte beschrijving
2.2
Learning outcomes
2.3
Kennisbasis
COMPETENCIES Taken from the IBMS National Platform: The graduate can independently handle issues of finance including: The ability to describe and work with various forms of long term financing (debt and equity). The ability to contribute to a company’s financial analysis, financial planning & forecasting and financial reporting. The ability to perform calculations regarding working capital management, to contribute to managing financial risks. Finally the student should be learning how to contribute to management control of a multinational organisation by means of an integrated application of his knowledge and his decision making skills. COURSE OBJECTIVES Have knowledge of and insight in sources of long term and short term financing Has knowledge of the basics of working capital management and financing Can formulate considerations for the financial structure of an organization including cost Can develop and properly utilize financial ratios Has a basic insight into the relationship between risk and return Can explain the “Capital Asset Pricing Model” Has a basic knowledge of valuation concepts Can recognize the various types of bonds and how they are valued Can value stocks
WORK LOAD Students: You earn 15 Ects per block. That means for 15 ECTS you should work 40 hours a week, including class time. Do you? For this class of 6 ECTS, we expect you to work 156 hours over 10 weeks. Below is an estimate of the time an average student should spend on study and class preparation and exam preparation for an entire module. Total Workload: 156 Hours!!
2.4 Geen 2.5
Break down: Class Contact hours Readings (4 hours per chapter (11 chapters) Problem Solving/homework (2 hours per week) Individual Assignment Reading the Newspaper daily Reading outside literature on Finance Sheffield Cake Exam Preparation: (1 exam)
32 hours 44 hours 14 hours 38 hours 10 hours 10 hours 10 hours 10 hours
Ingangseisen Kosten en studiematerialen
Geen kosten Materiaal:
110/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Boek (verplicht) : Corporate Finance Fundamentals; Hillier, Ross; Clachier, Westerfield, Jordan; 9780077131364; 1 European edition; Mcgraw Hill; 2.6 Workload Contactduur (uren): 30 Toetsduur (uren): 3 Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 33 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal. 2.7 Opmerkingen 2.8
URL cursussite
111/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Titel
Double degree - H1
Opleidingsvariant
Werkvorm: Voltijd Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7
Cursuscode Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentiemogelijkheden?
1.8
Contactpersoon
1.9 1.10
Voertaal Werkvormen:
Nee
M Vos-Koppenens (tel. 6230) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvorm
Aanwezigheid verplicht?
Anders
verplicht
1.11
MBIB-DDH1-10 Double degree Double Degree Main Phase 1 60 European Credits
Frequentie
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden? bij aanvangsblok JAAR: blok JAAR
Toetsen:
Toetsvorm
Resultaatschaal
Minimum cijfer
Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden?
Anders
Vrijstelling
1
100
1
bij aanvangsblok JAAR: 1. blok JAAR
112/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1
Korte beschrijving
2.2
Learning outcomes
2.3
Kennisbasis
2.4 Geen
Ingangseisen Kosten en studiematerialen
2.5 Geen kosten
2.6 Workload Contactduur (uren): Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 0 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal. 2.7 Opmerkingen 2.8
URL cursussite
113/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Titel
Double degree - H2
Opleidingsvariant
Werkvorm: Voltijd Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7
Cursuscode Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentiemogelijkheden?
1.8
Contactpersoon
1.9 1.10
Voertaal Werkvormen:
Nee
M Vos-Koppenens (tel. 6230) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvorm
Aanwezigheid verplicht?
Anders
verplicht
1.11
MBIB-DDH2-10 Double degree Double Degree Main Phase 2 60 European Credits
Frequentie
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden? bij aanvangsblok JAAR: blok JAAR
Toetsen:
Toetsvorm
Resultaatschaal
Minimum cijfer
Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden?
ANDERS
Vrijstelling
1
100
1
bij aanvangsblok JAAR: 1. blok JAAR
114/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1
Korte beschrijving
2.2
Learning outcomes
2.3
Kennisbasis
2.4 Geen
Ingangseisen Kosten en studiematerialen
2.5 Geen kosten
2.6 Workload Contactduur (uren): Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 0 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal. 2.7 Opmerkingen 2.8
URL cursussite
115/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Titel
Double Degree - H3
Opleidingsvariant
Werkvorm: Voltijd Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7
Cursuscode Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentiemogelijkheden?
1.8
Contactpersoon
1.9 1.10
Voertaal Werkvormen:
Nee
M Vos-Koppenens (tel. 6230) (
[email protected]) Nederlands
Werkvorm
Aanwezigheid verplicht?
Anders
verplicht
1.11
MBIB-DDH3-10 Double degree Double Degree Main Phase 3 60 European Credits
Frequentie
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden? bij aanvangsblok JAAR: blok JAAR
Toetsen:
Toetsvorm
Resultaatschaal
Minimum cijfer
Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden?
ANDERS
Vrijstelling
1
100
1
bij aanvangsblok JAAR: 1. blok JAAR
116/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1
Korte beschrijving
2.2
Learning outcomes
2.3
Kennisbasis
2.4 Geen
Ingangseisen Kosten en studiematerialen
2.5 Geen kosten
2.6 Workload Contactduur (uren): Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 0 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal. 2.7 Opmerkingen 2.8
URL cursussite
117/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Titel
Double Degree - H3
Opleidingsvariant
Werkvorm: Voltijd Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7
Cursuscode Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentiemogelijkheden?
1.8
Contactpersoon
1.9 1.10
Voertaal Werkvormen:
Nee
M Vos-Koppenens (tel. 6230) (
[email protected]) Nederlands
Werkvorm
Aanwezigheid verplicht?
Anders
verplicht
1.11
MBIB-DDH3-12 Double degree Double Degree Main Phase 3 30 European Credits
Frequentie
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden? bij aanvangsblok JAAR: blok JAAR
Toetsen:
Toetsvorm
Resultaatschaal
Minimum cijfer
Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden?
ANDERS
Vrijstelling
1
100
1
bij aanvangsblok JAAR: 1. blok JAAR
118/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1
Korte beschrijving
2.2
Learning outcomes
2.3
Kennisbasis
2.4 Geen
Ingangseisen Kosten en studiematerialen
2.5 Geen kosten
2.6 Workload Contactduur (uren): Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 0 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal. 2.7 Opmerkingen 2.8
URL cursussite
119/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Titel
Dutch Beginners 3
Opleidingsvariant
Werkvorm: Voltijd Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10
Cursuscode Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentiemogelijkheden? Contactpersoon Voertaal Werkvormen:
Werkvorm
Nee
YS Brenner (tel. 6332) (
[email protected]) Nederlands
Aanwezigheid verplicht?
Training 1
1.11
MBIB-DUTBEG3-10 Dutch Beginners 3 Dutch Beginners 3 6 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase)
verplicht
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
Frequentie
14 maal per blok
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden? bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1, blok 2 bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3, blok 4
1120 minuten
Toetsen:
Toetsvorm
Oral Test
Written Exam
Resultaatschaal
Minimum cijfer
Standaard
Standaard
4
4
Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
50
50
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden?
4
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6 bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 4, week 16 2. blok 5, week 27
4
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6 bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 4, week 16 2. blok 5, week 27
120/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1 Korte beschrijving Dutch Beginners 3 is the sequel to Dutch 1, 2 & 3. In this training course you will continue from basic use of the language to more independent use. After completing Dutch Beginners 4 you should have level B1 of the European Framework (Independent user). 2.2 Learning outcomes 2.3 Kennisbasis Dutch Beginners 3 is the sequel to Dutch 1, 2 & 3. In this training course you will continue from basic use of the language to more independent use. After completing Dutch Beginners 4 you should have level B1 of the European Framework (Independent user). 2.4 Ingangseisen Geen Kosten en 2.5 studiematerialen Geen kosten Materiaal: Boek (verplicht) : Contact 2!; ; ; ; ; Werkboek (verplicht) : Contact 2!: ; ; ; ; 2.6 Workload Contactduur (uren): 19 Toetsduur (uren): 2 Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 20 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal. 2.7 Opmerkingen 2.8
URL cursussite
121/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Titel
Dutch Beginners 4
Opleidingsvariant
Werkvorm: Voltijd Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10
Cursuscode Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentiemogelijkheden? Contactpersoon Voertaal Werkvormen:
MBIB-DUTBEG4-05 Dutch Beginners 4 Dutch Beginners 4 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
YS Brenner (tel. 6332) (
[email protected]) Nederlands
Werkvorm
Aanwezigheid verplicht?
Frequentie
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
Training 1
verplicht
7 maal per blok
560 minuten
1.11
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden? bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1, blok 2
Toetsen:
Toetsvorm
Resultaatschaal
Minimum cijfer
Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
Assignment
Standaard
4
50
2
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6
Oral test
Standaard
4
50
2
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden?
122/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1
Korte beschrijving
2.2
Learning outcomes
2.3
Kennisbasis
2.4 Geen
Ingangseisen Kosten en studiematerialen
2.5
Geen kosten Materiaal: Boek (verplicht) : Ter Zake; Lyan Bekkers; 978 90 5451 0277; Laatste; Intertaal; 2.6 Workload Contactduur (uren): 9 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 9 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal. 2.7 Opmerkingen 2.8
URL cursussite
123/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Titel
Dutch Beginners A1
Opleidingsvariant
Werkvorm: Voltijd Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10
Cursuscode Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentiemogelijkheden? Contactpersoon Voertaal Werkvormen:
Werkvorm
Ja
YS Brenner (tel. 6332) (
[email protected]) Nederlands, Engels
Aanwezigheid verplicht?
Training
1.11
MBIB-DUTBEGA1-12 Dutch Beginners A1 Dutch Beginners A1 5 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase)
verplicht
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
Frequentie
14 maal per blok
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden? bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1, blok 2 bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3, blok 4
1680 minuten
Toetsen:
Toetsvorm
Assessment
Mondeling
Resultaatschaal
Standaard
Standaard
Minimum cijfer
5,5
5,5
Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
30
70
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden?
4
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6 bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 4, week 16 2. blok 5, week 27
4
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6 bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 4, week 16 2. blok 5, week 27
124/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1
Korte beschrijving
Dutch for Beginners is a training course for basic Dutch. The focus is on communication for everyday purposes. In this way the course helps students get acquainted with the Dutch and their culture and will hopefully contribute to a pleasant stay in this country. Students can choose to also read the book ‘Dealing with the Dutch’ (see the recommended literature) written for expats in the Netherlands. In combination with learning the language this will help students develop an internationally oriented frame of mind for their professional careers.
2.2
Learning outcomes
2.3
Kennisbasis
At the end of the course you will be able to understand and use familiar everyday expressions and very basic phrases aimed at the satisfaction of needs of a concrete type. You will be able to introduce yourself and others and to ask and answer questions about personal details such as where you live, people you know and things you have. You will be able to interact in a simple way provided the other person talks slowly and clearly and is prepared to help. (Common European Framework of Reference: level A1).
2.4 Geen
Ingangseisen Kosten en studiematerialen
2.5
Geen kosten Materiaal: Boek (verplicht) : Contact! Nederlands voor anderstaligen - tekstboek; Elsbeth de Leeuw, Petra Roël, Annemarie Cornax; ISBN: 978 94 6030 1346; Latest edition; Publisher: Intertaal; Diversen (verplicht) : Contact! Nederlands voor anderstaligen - woordenlijst; Elsbeth de Leeuw, Petra Roël, Annemarie Cornax Publisher; ISBN: 978 94 6030 1346; Latest edition; Intertaal; Werkboek (verplicht) : Contact! Nederlands voor anderstaligen - werkboek; Elsbeth de Leeuw, Petra Roël, Annemarie Cornax; ISBN: 978 94 6030 1353; Latest edition; Publisher: Intertaal; Boek (aanbevolen) : Dealing with the Dutch; Jacob Vossestein; ISBN: 978946022 0791; Edition: 19th (Latest); Publisher: KIT publishers; 2.6 Workload Contactduur (uren): 28 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 28 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal. 2.7 Opmerkingen Lint: A+B en C+D 2.8 URL cursussite
125/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Titel
Dutch Beginners A2
Opleidingsvariant
Werkvorm: Voltijd Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10
Cursuscode Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentiemogelijkheden? Contactpersoon Voertaal Werkvormen:
Werkvorm
Ja
YS Brenner (tel. 6332) (
[email protected]) Nederlands, Engels
Aanwezigheid verplicht?
Werkcollege
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
Frequentie
verplicht
Training
1.11
MBIB-DUTBEGA2-12 Dutch Beginners A2 Dutch Beginners A2 5 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase)
7 maal per blok
verplicht
14 maal per blok
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden?
840 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1, blok 2 bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3, blok 4
1680 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1, blok 2 bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3, blok 4
Toetsen:
Toetsvorm
Assessment
Mondeling
Resultaatschaal
Minimum cijfer
5,5
5,5
Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
30
70
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden?
4
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6 bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 4, week 16 2. blok 5, week 27
4
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6 bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 4, week 16 2. blok 5, week 27
126/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1
Korte beschrijving
Dutch Beginners is a training course for basic Dutch. We will focus on communication for everyday purposes in class. In this way the training course will help students get acquainted with the Dutch and their culture and will hopefully contribute to a pleasant stay in this country. Students can choose to also read the book ‘Dealing with the Dutch’ (see the required literature) written for expats in the Netherlands. In combination with learning the language this will help students develop an internationally oriented frame of mind for their professional careers. 2.2 Learning outcomes 2.3
Kennisbasis
You will be able to understand sentences and frequently used expressions related to areas of most immediate relevance (e.g. very basic personal and family information, shopping, local geography, employment). You will be able to communicate in simple and routine tasks requiring a simple and direct exchange of information on familiar and routine matters. You will learn to describe in simple terms aspects of your background, immediate environment and matters in areas of immediate need. You will achieve a basic command of the language needed in a range of familiar situations, e.g. read short simple texts, communicate on familiar topics and handle short social exchanges and write short simple notes and messages. (Common European Framework of Reference: level A2). 2.4 Ingangseisen Geen Kosten en 2.5 studiematerialen Geen kosten Materiaal: Boek (verplicht) : Contact! Nederlands voor anderstaligen - tekstboek; Elsbeth de Leeuw, Petra Roël, Annemarie Cornax; ISBN: 978 94 6030 1346; Latest edition; Publisher: Intertaal; Boek (verplicht) : Contact! Nederlands voor anderstaligen - woordenlijst; Elsbeth de Leeuw, Petra Roël, Annemarie Cornax; ISBN: 978 94 6030 1346; Latest edition; Publisher: Intertaal; Boek (verplicht) : Contact! Nederlands voor anderstaligen - werkboek; Elsbeth de Leeuw, Petra Roël, Annemarie Cornax; ISBN: 978 94 6030 1353; Latest edition; Publisher: Intertaal; Boek (aanbevolen) : Dealing with the Dutch; Jacob Vossestein; ISBN: 978946022 0791; Edition: 19th (Latest); Publisher: KIT publishers; 2.6 Workload Contactduur (uren): 42 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 42 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal. 2.7 Opmerkingen Lint cursus; begint in blok A en C Gelijktijdig met MCEN-DUTBEGA2-13 2.8 URL cursussite
127/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Titel
Dutch Intensive B2
Opleidingsvariant
Werkvorm: Voltijd Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10
Cursuscode Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentiemogelijkheden? Contactpersoon Voertaal Werkvormen:
Nee
YS Brenner (tel. 6332) (
[email protected]) Nederlands
Aanwezigheid verplicht?
Werkvorm
Training
1.11
MBIB-DUTINTB2-13 Dutch Intensive B2 Dutch Intensive B2 5 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase)
verplicht
Frequentie
14 maal per blok
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
1680 minuten
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden? bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1, blok 2 bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3, blok 4
Toetsen:
Toetsvorm
Dossier
Resultaatschaal
invoeren in cijfers (1 t/m 10 of NA)
Mondeling
Minimum cijfer
5,5
5,5
Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
50
50
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden?
4
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6 bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 4, week 16 2. blok 5, week 27
4
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6 bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 4, week 16 2. blok 5, week 27
128/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1
Korte beschrijving
This course is a training course for Dutch for native speakers of German and students who one could expect to learn the language faster than in a standard group. This might be because they have lived in The Netherlands already for quite some time, or have studied Dutch at a high level elsewhere. Students should speak Dutch at A2 level at the beginning of the course. At the end of the course students should in principle be able to apply for an HBO-level job or for a university of applied science or professional training in a Dutch environment. The pace of work in this course is high and the aim is to reach the level of the state exam: programme II. We advise you to also read the book ‘Dealing with the Dutch’ (see the required literature) written for expats in the Netherlands. In combination with learning the language this will help you develop an internationally oriented frame of mind for your professional career.
2.2
Learning outcomes
2.3
Kennisbasis
You will be able to understand the main ideas of complex text on both concrete and abstract topics, including technical discussions in your field of specialization. You will practice fluency and at the end of the course you should manage regular interaction with native speakers quite without strain for either party. You will learn to produce clear, detailed text on a wide range of subjects and explain a viewpoint on a topical issue giving the advantages and disadvantages of various options.
2.4 Geen
Ingangseisen Kosten en studiematerialen
2.5 Geen kosten
2.6 Workload Contactduur (uren): 28 Toetsduur (uren): 0 Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 28 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal. 2.7 Opmerkingen 2.8
URL cursussite
129/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Titel
Economics 2
Opleidingsvariant
Werkvorm: Voltijd Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10
Cursuscode Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentiemogelijkheden? Contactpersoon Voertaal Werkvormen:
Werkvorm
Nee
H van Kerkvoort (tel. 088 4816416) (
[email protected]) Nederlands
Aanwezigheid verplicht?
Tutorial
1.11
MBIB-EC2-13 Economics 2 Economics 2 5 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase)
verplicht
Frequentie
14 maal per blok
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
1680 minuten
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden? bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2 bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
Toetsen:
Toetsvorm
Resultaatschaal
Assignment
5,5
Essay questions
5,5
Report
Written Exam
Minimum cijfer
invoeren in cijfers (1 t/m 10 of NA)
Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
20
30
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden?
3
bij aanvangsblok 2: 1. blok 2, week 46 bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 3, week 6 2. blok 4, week 16
3
bij aanvangsblok 2: 1. blok 2, week 46 bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 3, week 6 2. blok 4, week 16
5,5
20
3
bij aanvangsblok 2: 1. blok 2, week 46 bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 3, week 6 2. blok 4, week 16
5,5
30
3
bij aanvangsblok 2: 1. blok 2, week 46
130/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 3, week 6 2. blok 4, week 16
131/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1
Korte beschrijving
In order to make optimal business strategy decisions, business mangers do not only need to understand their company’s internal processes and strategies, but they need to understand the external environment in which their business operates. In this course, students deepen their knowledge on macro-economic principles. This course is based on the first year macroeconomics course (part of Economics and Law). The knowledge of the first year Economics course is considered a starting point. In this second year Economics course, students will be introduced to further economic principles. Moreover they learn how to follow trends in the economic environment by reading relevant newspaper articles and trade magazines. Equipped with this knowledge, they can assess risks and opportunities the external environment poses for their company.
2.2
Learning outcomes
2.3
Kennisbasis
In order to make optimal business strategy decisions, business mangers do not only need to understand their company’s internal processes and strategies, but they need to understand the external environment in which their business operates. In this course, students deepen their knowledge on macro-economic principles. This course is based on the first year macroeconomics course (part of Economics and Law). The knowledge of the first year Economics course is considered a starting point. In this second year Economics course, students will be introduced to further economic principles. Moreover they learn how to follow trends in the economic environment by reading relevant newspaper articles and trade magazines. Equipped with this knowledge, they can assess risks and opportunities the external environment poses for their company.
2.4 Geen
Ingangseisen Kosten en studiematerialen
2.5
Geen kosten Materiaal: Boek (verplicht) : Economics; N. Gregory Mankiw, Mark P. Taylor; ISBN-10: 184480870X, ISBN-13: 9781844808700; 2011, 2nd edition; ; Reader (verplicht) : Reader Economics 2 (see this course's sharepointsite); 2.6 Workload Contactduur (uren): 28 Toetsduur (uren): 2 Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 30 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal. 2.7 Opmerkingen 2.8
URL cursussite
https://cursussen.sharepoint.hu.nl/fem/12/MBIB-EC2-13
132/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Titel
eGlobe Management Game
Opleidingsvariant
Werkvorm: Voltijd Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10
Cursuscode Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentiemogelijkheden? Contactpersoon Voertaal Werkvormen:
MBIB-EGLOBE-12 eGlobe Management Game eGlobe Management Game 1 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Ja
GL van Leeuwen (tel. 088-481 6519) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvorm
Aanwezigheid verplicht?
Frequentie
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
Hoorcollege
verplicht
1 maal per blok
60 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1
Werkcollege
verplicht
1 maal per blok
480 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1
1.11
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden?
Toetsen:
Toetsvorm
Resultaatschaal
Minimum cijfer
Logboek
invoeren in letters (VD, NVD, of NA)
4
Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
100
2
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden? bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 36 2. blok 2, week 46
133/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1
Korte beschrijving
2.2
Learning outcomes
2.3
Kennisbasis
Learning outcomes:
Regarding the relevant domain competencies: 1. forming
a view of changes and trends in the external international environment, and developing relationships, networks and chains; 2. analysing
policy issues, translating them into policy objectives and alternative policies, and preparing decisions; 3. taking
sound decisions based on relevant information in order to achieve the organization’s aims as effectively as possible; 4. developing
social and communicative competencies, such as team working, customer orientation, collective responsibility, leadership, and communication.
Learning objectives:
Regarding knowledge, at the end of the project the student will have the ability and knowledge to: o formulate
a strategy;
o be
aware of how relevant factors on macro and meso levels influence an organization’s strategy and performance; o make
various strategic choices;
o formulate o translate
business and marketing objectives;
strategy into operational policy;
o be
aware of the mutual influence of functional business units and their impact on company performance; o perform
a SWOT analysis of the organization;
o analyse
an organization’s mission, vision and strategic objectives, and form an opinion of how well they match the organization’s strategic position.
134/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Regarding conduct and professional attitude; the ability to: o work
in a team;
o work
under pressure of time in order to meet deadlines;
o assess
available information critically;
o separate
main issues from secondary issues;
o approach o solve
problems analytically and critically;
problems.
Place in the curriculum and relationship with other courses This course is part of the second year and falls under the course academic skills. You can use the acquired knowledge in the 1st work placement, at the end of the second year, in an assignment that aligns with the content of this course. The same applies to the subject for the final project that will conclude your study in the fourth year. This course adds depth and breadth to the knowledge acquired about international marketing in the 1st year.
Study load In total: 1 EC Contact time: Introductory lecture 1 hour 2,5 x 8 hour tutorials 20 hours Logbook and reflection 6 hours
Feedback 1 hour 2.4 Geen
Ingangseisen Kosten en studiematerialen
2.5
Geen kosten Materiaal: Diversen (verplicht) : Management simulation game; costs 30 euro (cash payment during the first lecture).; 2.6 Workload Contactduur (uren): 9 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 9 135/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal. 2.7 Opmerkingen 2.8
URL cursussite
136/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Titel
Electives Abroad
Opleidingsvariant
Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10
Cursuscode Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentiemogelijkheden? Contactpersoon Voertaal Werkvormen:
Werkvorm
1.11
Aanwezigheid verplicht?
MBIB-ELECAB-12 Electives Abroad Electives Abroad 3 - 30 European Credits
Nee
C Criseo (
[email protected]) Nederlands
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
Frequentie
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden?
Toetsen: Minimum cijfer
Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
Anders
5,5
53
1
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 36
anders
5,5
21
1
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 36
anders
5,5
11
1
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 36
anders
5,5
5
1
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 36
anders
5,5
11
1
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 36
Toetsvorm
Resultaatschaal
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden?
137/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1
Korte beschrijving
2.2
Learning outcomes
2.3
Kennisbasis
2.4 Geen
Ingangseisen Kosten en studiematerialen
2.5 Geen kosten
2.6 Workload Contactduur (uren): Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 0 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal. 2.7 Opmerkingen 2.8
URL cursussite
138/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Titel
Finance and Managerial Accounting 2
Opleidingsvariant
Werkvorm: Voltijd Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10
Cursuscode Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentiemogelijkheden? Contactpersoon Voertaal Werkvormen: Aanwezigheid verplicht?
Werkvorm
Excel Practical Training
Tutorial
1.11
verplicht
verplicht
MBIB-FIMANAC2-13 Finance and Managerial Accounting 2 Finance and Managerial Accounting 2 5 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
MA Brown (tel. 0884816401) (
[email protected]) Nederlands
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
Frequentie
7 maal per blok
14 maal per blok
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden?
840 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1 bij aanvangsblok 4: blok 4
1120 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1 bij aanvangsblok 4: blok 4
Toetsen:
Toetsvorm
Exam
Resultaatschaal
invoeren in cijfers (1 t/m 10 of NA)
Excel test
Minimum cijfer
5,5
5,5
Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
50
20
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden?
4
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 36 2. blok 2, week 46 bij aanvangsblok 4: 1. blok 4, week 16 2. blok 5, week 27
4
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 36 2. blok 2, week 46 bij aanvangsblok 4: 1. blok 4, week 16 2. blok 5, week 27
139/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Report Assignment
5,5
30
4
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 36 2. blok 2, week 46 bij aanvangsblok 4: 1. blok 4, week 16 2. blok 5, week 27
140/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1
Korte beschrijving
Finance and Managerial Acounting 2 is a second year, course in Financial Managerial and Cost Accounting, required by all second year students following the IBMS course of the University of Applied Sciences, Utrecht. The course is a continuation off and builds on the foundation of Business Economics Year 1 course. The course will advance your understanding of the role of cost and managerial information in a business organization. We will focus and learn the methods for presenting information to management for profit and cost recognition, budgeting and cost control, product pricing and behaviour, variance analyses, short and long term capital investment decision analyses and ratio analyses. What is taught in Finance sometimes seems far away from reality. The terms are new, formulas may seem difficult and the concepts don’t seem to apply to anything you’ve ever heard about. However, finance is a real and working reality in everyday life. Apple continues to generate large profits from sales of its i-Phone and i-Pads. How and when does the Dutch NS recognise its costs and profits from the OV chip card? Groupon underestimated its budgeted revenues. During class, theory and calculations will be complimented with real life discussions and situations from the international business world, with input from you the student, driving the arguments and class discussion forward.
The course will make Finance understandable and applicable to you, as an entrepreneur starting your own business and will be applicable to the 2nd year Business Plan Project or in a future career role as a Financial Business/Marketing Analyst or a Financial/Product/Business Unit Controller. 2.2
Learning outcomes
2.3
Kennisbasis
Apply the basis of accrual accounting and in making the corresponding and correct journal entries and explain its effect on a company’s cash flow. Indentify, describe and construct the basic components of a classified balance sheet, multi and single step income statement and explain the difference in their use and application. Indentify, describe and construct the basic components of budgeting, managements role and apply guidelines for preparing budgets. Prepare and calculate a sales, production, materials, purchase, labour overhead and cash budget Define what are standard costs, how they are developed and computed and its use by managers. Compute direct material, labour and overheard variances and explain how managers use variances analyses to control costs and how to evaluate performance. Identify issues related to and compute and estimate currently liabilities. Calculating and analysing financial performance using financial statements. Define the time value money and apply its future and present values to simple accounting equations Apply incremental analysis to decide on outsourcing decisions, special orders, segment profitability and sales mix decisions to evaluate in short run decision analyses Identify the types of projects costs and revenues and the use and application of Net Present Value, payback period and accounting rate of return methods to analyze capital investment decisions.
Can define and to apply the concepts and calculate a product price, using cost based, target and transferring pricing methods. And is able to analyse pricing decision and evaluate performance within a division or segment. 2.4 Geen 2.5
Ingangseisen Kosten en studiematerialen
Geen kosten Materiaal: Boek (verplicht) : Financial and Managerial Accounting Principles - 9th edition-; Powers,Needles,Crosson; ISBN-13:978-0-538-74297-9; ; ; 2.6 Workload
141/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Contactduur (uren): 33 Toetsduur (uren): 3 Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 36 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal. 2.7 Opmerkingen 2.8
URL cursussite
https://cursussen.sharepoint.hu.nl/fem/12/MBIB-FIMANAC2-13
142/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Titel
Finance for Non Financials
Opleidingsvariant
Werkvorm: Voltijd Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10
Cursuscode Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentiemogelijkheden? Contactpersoon Voertaal Werkvormen:
MBIB-EXFFNONF-06 Finance for Non Financials Finance for Non Financials 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
MA Brown (tel. 0884816401) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvorm
Aanwezigheid verplicht?
Frequentie
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
Werkcollege 1
niet verplicht
7 maal per blok
560 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
Werkcollege 2
niet verplicht
7 maal per blok
560 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
1.11
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden?
Toetsen: Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden?
Toetsvorm
Resultaatschaal
Minimum cijfer
Assessment
Standaard
4
30
2
bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 3, week 6 2. blok 4, week 16
Centraal Schriftelijk tentamen
Standaard
4
70
2
bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 3, week 6 2. blok 4, week 16
143/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1
Korte beschrijving
2.2
Learning outcomes
2.3
Kennisbasis
2.1. COMPETENCIES After studying this module the student should be able to: 1. Understand and measure business risk 2. Understand company valuation and project appraisal techniques 3 Read and be able to talk about the Financial health of a company based on its annual report 4. Be able to read a financial report requested by a marketing department and understand the report’s recommendations and conclusions 5. Be able to draw conclusions, make strategic decisions and recommendations about the future of firms. 2.2 COURSE OBJECTIVES • Can develop and properly utilize financial ratios • Has a basic insight into the relationship between risk and return • Can choose between several ways of financing assets • Can explain the “Capital Asset Pricing Model” • Determine a company’s component costs of capital • Has a basic knowledge of valuation concepts • Can evaluate arguments qua correctness and relevance and make recommendations as to their suitableness • Can analyze problems • Can work accurately • Can make strategic decisions • Can work under pressure, can set up an approach to a problem with deadlines and can meet deadlines. 3.1 COURSE DESCRIPTION This is an introductory course on the basics of Finance. It can be considered a prerequisite for anyone pursuing a business degree in order to achieve a fundamental understanding of how the corporate financial world works. Topics covered include financial analysis, capital budgeting, risk assessment, and company valuation techniques.
WORKLOAD: 4.1 TESTS AND ASSESSMENTS There will be one written exam at the end of the block, with one re-sit possibility per exam. The exam is 70% of the block grade. In addition, there will be an individual assignment, (the case) representing 20% of the final block grade. The case cannot be re-sit. Students will not be given a final grade if the assignment is not handed in. Cases DO NOT carry through from one year to the next. Students will be penalized points for lateness for the cases. Finally, there will be homework assignments given. The homework is due in class on the date given or mentioned by the lecturer/teacher. All homework and the case assignment due should be typed using your own words, the day of class of the week mentioned in the syllabus. Merely copying of Internet or other articles is not allowed. Homework is obligatory and represents 10% of the final grade. If homework is late it will not be graded. 4.2 WORK LOAD For this class of 3 ECTS, I expect you to work 84 hours over 10 weeks. Below is an estimate of the time an average student should spend on study and class preparation and exam preparation for an entire module Total Workload: Break down: 84 Hours: Class Contact Hours 14 hours Readings (1 1/2 hours per week) 10 hours Problem Solving 3 hours per week) 21 hours Individual Assignment 22 hours Homework: 7 hours Exam Preparation: (1 exam) 10 hours
2.4 Geen
Ingangseisen Kosten en studiematerialen
2.5
Geen kosten Materiaal: Boek (verplicht) : Essentials of Corporate Finance; Ross, Westerfield, Jordan; 9780071314367; 7; McGraw Hill; 2.6 Workload Contactduur (uren): 19 Toetsduur (uren): 3 Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 22 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal. 2.7 Opmerkingen
144/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2.8
URL cursussite
145/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Titel
German Beginners 3
Opleidingsvariant
Werkvorm: Voltijd Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10
Cursuscode Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentiemogelijkheden? Contactpersoon Voertaal Werkvormen:
Nee
UC Massholder (tel. 6891) (
[email protected]) Engels, Duits
Aanwezigheid verplicht?
Werkvorm
Training
1.11
MBIB-GERBEG3-00 German Beginners 3 German, Beginners 3 6 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase)
verplicht
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
Frequentie
7 maal per blok
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden? bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1, blok 2 bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3, blok 4
840 minuten
Toetsen:
Toetsvorm
Resultaatschaal
Written Exam 1
Written Exam 2
Minimum cijfer
Standaard
Standaard
4
4
Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
50
50
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden?
4
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 36 2. blok 2, week 46 bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 3, week 6 2. blok 4, week 16
4
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6 bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 4, week 16 2. blok 5, week 27
146/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1
Korte beschrijving
2.2
Learning outcomes
2.3
Kennisbasis
2.4 Geen
Ingangseisen
2.5
Kosten en studiematerialen
Geen kosten Materiaal: Boek (verplicht) : Unternehmen Deutsch Aufbaukurs (Lehrbuch); Braunert/ Schlenker; 90-5451-6879; 1; Intertaal; Boek (verplicht) : Unternehmen Deutsch Aufbankurs (Arbeitsheft); Braunert/ Schlenker; 90-5451-6887; 1; ; 2.6 Workload Contactduur (uren): 14 Toetsduur (uren): 2 Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 16 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal. 2.7 Opmerkingen 2.8
URL cursussite
147/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Titel
German Beginners 4
Opleidingsvariant
Werkvorm: Voltijd Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10
Cursuscode Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentiemogelijkheden? Contactpersoon Voertaal Werkvormen:
MBIB-GB4-10 German Beginners 4 German, Beginners 4 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
UC Massholder (tel. 6891) (
[email protected]) Engels, Duits
Werkvorm
Aanwezigheid verplicht?
Frequentie
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
Training
verplicht
7 maal per blok
560 minuten
1.11
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden? bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1, blok 2
Toetsen:
Toetsvorm
Written Exam
Resultaatschaal
Minimum cijfer
Standaard
4
Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
100
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
3
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden? bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6 3. blok 5, week 27
148/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1
Korte beschrijving
2.2
Learning outcomes
2.3
Kennisbasis
This course trains students in all 4 language skills, listening, reading, speaking and writing. Issues to be dealt with are: learning vocabulary, learning and exercising grammar and grammar structures, pronunciation exercises, exercising dialogues in business situations, (introduction to) writing business letters, exercising listening skills, reading and understanding simple texts, e.g. on economical, social, cultural, geographical and other aspects of Germany (or other German speaking countries). The context of the above mentioned situations and subjects, role plays , listening exercises and reading materials, idioms is related to authentic business situations, relevant to future business people. The language training focuses at planning and preparing business trips, meeting (inviting, visiting, telephoning with) German speaking business partners in various situations, e.g. at a trade fair, in a restaurant, in a job interview etc. IBMS Mission It is our collective and individual goal to educate and equip our international students in the field of international business. We invest in a future generation of young professionals through mutual inspiration and respect, having responsibility for a future sustainable planet.
2.4 Geen
Ingangseisen Kosten en studiematerialen
2.5
Geen kosten Materiaal: Boek (verplicht) : Unternehmen Deutsch Aufbaukurs (Lehrbuch); Braunert/ Schlenker; 9789054516873; 1; Intertaal; Boek (verplicht) : Unternehmen Deutsch Aufbankurs (Arbeitsheft); Braunert/ Schlenker; 9789054516880; 1; Intertaal; 2.6 Workload Contactduur (uren): 9 Toetsduur (uren): 2 Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 11 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal. 2.7 Opmerkingen 2.8
URL cursussite
149/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Titel
Global Management Project
Opleidingsvariant
Werkvorm: Voltijd Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10
Cursuscode Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentiemogelijkheden? Contactpersoon Voertaal Werkvormen:
MBIB-GLOMAPRO-13 Global Management Project 12 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
RKD de Bruijn (tel. 0884816408) (
[email protected]) Nederlands
Werkvorm
Aanwezigheid verplicht?
Frequentie
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
Seminar
verplicht
14 maal per blok
1680 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1, blok 2, blok 3
Management Skills Workshop
verplicht
14 maal per blok
840 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1, blok 2
Lessons Learnt Presentation
verplicht
7 maal per blok
420 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 2
Team Consultation
verplicht
7 maal per blok
420 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 2, blok 3
1.11
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden?
Toetsen:
Toetsvorm
Resultaatschaal
Minimum cijfer
Assessment 1
invoeren in cijfers (1 t/m 10 of NA)
5,5
Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
100
2
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden? bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 36 2. blok 2, week 46
150/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1
Korte beschrijving
2.2
Learning outcomes
2.3
Kennisbasis
2.4 Geen
Ingangseisen
2.5
Kosten en studiematerialen
Geen kosten 2.6 Workload Contactduur (uren): 56 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 56 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal. 2.7 Opmerkingen 2.8
URL cursussite
https://cursussen.sharepoint.hu.nl/fem/12/MBIB-GLOMAPRO-13
151/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Titel
Global Project
Opleidingsvariant
Werkvorm: Voltijd Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10
Cursuscode Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentiemogelijkheden? Contactpersoon Voertaal Werkvormen:
MBIB-GLOPRO-13 Global Project 10 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
LW Chew (
[email protected]) Nederlands
Werkvorm
Aanwezigheid verplicht?
Frequentie
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
Coaching
verplicht
7 maal per blok
420 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3, blok 4
Werkcollege
verplicht
2 maal per blok
180 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3, blok 4
Presentation
verplicht
1 maal per blok
120 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 4
1.11
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden?
Toetsen:
Toetsvorm
Resultaatschaal
Presentation
Report writing
invoeren in cijfers (1 t/m 10 of NA)
Minimum cijfer
Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden?
5,5
30
2
bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 4, week 16 2. blok 5, week 27
5,5
70
2
bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 4, week 16 2. blok 5, week 27
152/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1
Korte beschrijving
The Global Project (I and II) focuses in particular on different (marketing) strategies of internationally operating companies within today’s world of increased international competition and rapidly changing market opportunities. Students will learn various research techniques like literature research, quantitative and qualitative research methods. They will also learn in-depth marketing principles and strategies that are being applied in international multinational companies. They will then apply various research methods to determine the strategies of an internationally operating company of their choice for their project in this program. Students will further learn report writing and presentation skills to help them complete the Global Project with a final report and presentation at the end of the final period.
2.2
Learning outcomes
2.3
Kennisbasis
2.4 Geen
Ingangseisen Kosten en studiematerialen
2.5 Geen kosten
2.6 Workload Contactduur (uren): 12 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 12 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal. 2.7 Opmerkingen 2.8
URL cursussite
https://cursussen.sharepoint.hu.nl/fem/12/MBIB-GLOPRO-13
153/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Titel
Global Supply Chain
Opleidingsvariant
Werkvorm: Voltijd Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10
Cursuscode Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentiemogelijkheden? Contactpersoon Voertaal Werkvormen:
MBIB-EXGLOBSC-06 Global Supply Chain Global Supply Chain 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
MAJ Wezenberg (tel. 088-4816323) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvorm
Aanwezigheid verplicht?
Frequentie
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
Werkcollege
verplicht
7 maal per blok
560 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 4: blok 4
Hoorcollege
verplicht
7 maal per blok
420 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 4: blok 4
1.11
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden?
Toetsen:
Toetsvorm
Resultaatschaal
Minimum cijfer
Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
Written exam
Standaard
4
100
2
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden? bij aanvangsblok 4: 1. blok 4, week 16 2. blok 5, week 27
154/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1
Korte beschrijving
2.2
Learning outcomes
2.3
Kennisbasis
In the1980’s companies discovered new technologies and strategies that allowed them to reduce costs and better compete in different markets. In the last years however it has become clear that many companies have reduced these costs as much as practically possible. Many of these companies have realized that working closely together with their suppliers and customers is the next step they need to take in order to increase profit and market share. Working closely together with other companies to reduce cost and / or improve customer value is the field of supply chain management and will be the focus of this course. An international component comes forth from the cases and examples we use during the course which will contain information on leading European and American companies working in an international environment. The main topics of this course are: Supply Chain Management: What is supply chain management and what issues are involved with it. How can risk and uncertainty that companies face about supply and demand be reduced? Inventory management: inventory is a large expense for companies. How can companies reduce their inventory levels and still be able to meet customer requirements? Sharing information: with the help of new IT techniques it has become possible for companies to easily share information. This has several advantages in controlling the supply chain like reduction of the “Bull Whip Effect”. Infrastructure and distribution: this part focuses on the logistical aspects with relation to supply chain management, namely transportation, warehousing and distribution. Procurement: what are the advantages and disadvantages of outsourcing? Should you make or buy and in case of buy; what form of supply contract is best to be used? Alliances: companies can work together in several ways. One is to work very closely together for a long term and in this way form a strategic partnership. Marketing: an efficient supply chain is a good tool to create additional value for the customer. How a supply chain can achieve customer value and how pricing is used will be part of this topic.
2.4 Geen
Ingangseisen Kosten en studiematerialen
2.5
Geen kosten Materiaal: Boek (verplicht) : Designing and Managing the Supply Chain; Simchi Levi; ; ; ; 2.6 Workload Contactduur (uren): 16 Toetsduur (uren): 2 Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 18 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal. 2.7 Opmerkingen 2.8
URL cursussite
155/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Titel
Global Supply Chain Management 1
Opleidingsvariant
Werkvorm: Voltijd Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10
Cursuscode Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentiemogelijkheden? Contactpersoon Voertaal Werkvormen:
MBIB-GLSCM1-10 Global Supply Chain Management 1 Global Supply Chain Management 1 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
MAJ Wezenberg (tel. 088-4816323) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvorm
Aanwezigheid verplicht?
Frequentie
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
Werkcollege
niet verplicht
7 maal per blok
560 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1
Hoorcollege
niet verplicht
7 maal per blok
420 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1
1.11
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden?
Toetsen:
Toetsvorm
Resultaatschaal
Minimum cijfer
Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
Written Exam
Standaard
4
100
2
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden? bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 36 2. blok 2, week 46
156/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1
Korte beschrijving
Learning Objectives After this course the student is able to: Explain what Supply Chain Management is. Identify the theory of supply chain management in a business situation. Apply the theory from Supply Chain Management to a business situation. Understand the principles of inventory management. Understand the importance of IT in supply chain management. Understands why it is of importance to control the supply chain as one entity instead of loose chains. Understand the difference between Understand the advantages and disadvantages of strategic partnerships. Compare several forms of supply contracts so that the student can choose the best form. Compare the advantages and disadvantages of outsourcing in order to make a make or buy decision. Describe the relation between marketing and supply chain management.
2.2
Learning outcomes
2.3
Kennisbasis
In the1980’s companies discovered new technologies and strategies that allowed them to reduce costs and better compete in different markets. In the last years however it has become clear that many companies have reduced these costs as much as practically possible. Many of these companies have realized that working closely together with their suppliers and customers is the next step they need to take in order to increase profit and market share. Working closely together with other companies to reduce cost and / or improve customer value is the field of supply chain management and will be the focus of this course. An international component comes forth from the cases and examples we use during the course which will contain information on leading European and American companies working in an international environment. The main topics of this course are: Supply Chain Management: What is supply chain management and what issues are involved with it. How can risk and uncertainty that companies face about supply and demand be reduced? Inventory management: inventory is a large expense for companies. How can companies reduce their inventory levels and still be able to meet customer requirements? Sharing information: with the help of new IT techniques it has become possible for companies to easily share information. This has several advantages in controlling the supply chain like reduction of the “Bull Whip Effect”. Infrastructure and distribution: this part focuses on the logistical aspects with relation to supply chain management, namely transportation, warehousing and distribution. Procurement: what are the advantages and disadvantages of outsourcing? Should you make or buy and in case of buy; what form of supply contract is best to be used? Alliances: companies can work together in several ways. One is to work very closely together for a long term and in this way form a strategic partnership. Marketing: an efficient supply chain is a good tool to create additional value for the customer. How a supply chain can achieve customer value and how pricing is used will be part of this topic. This course is given in period A and consists out of hearing and work lectures. In the hearing lectures the theory that is needed to answer the questions from the work lectures will be presented. The work lectures consist out of a case and questions belonging to the topics of that week. Global supply chain management 1 will be finalized with an exam. As mentioned above working closely with other companies becomes increasingly important to businesses. Because of globalization this happens often in an international context. In the students future working environment they will most likely be involved with the optimization of the supply chain for your company. This course will give the student an overview of the tools that can be used to organize an efficient supply chain and will give the student understanding why the company where you will start to work is organized in the way it is. It will also help the student in its future working environment to help improve the company’s supply chain.
2.4 Geen 2.5
Ingangseisen Kosten en
157/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
studiematerialen Geen kosten Materiaal: Boek (verplicht) : Designing and Managing the Supply Chain; Simchi Levi; 2.6 Workload Contactduur (uren): 16 Toetsduur (uren): 2 Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 18 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal. 2.7 Opmerkingen 2.8
URL cursussite
158/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Titel
Global Supply Chain Management 2
Opleidingsvariant
Werkvorm: Voltijd Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10
Cursuscode Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentiemogelijkheden? Contactpersoon Voertaal Werkvormen:
MBIB-GLSCM2-10 Global Supply Chain Management 2 Global Supply Chain Management 2 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
MAJ Wezenberg (tel. 088-4816323) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvorm
Aanwezigheid verplicht?
Frequentie
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
Werkcollege
verplicht
2 maal per blok
160 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2
Hoorcollege
verplicht
1 maal per blok
240 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2
Feedback sessions
niet verplicht
5 maal per blok
300 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2
1.11
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden?
Toetsen:
Toetsvorm
Assessment
Resultaatschaal
Standaard
Minimum cijfer
4
Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
100
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
3
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden? bij aanvangsblok 2: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6 3. blok 5, week 27
159/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1
Korte beschrijving
Learning objectives:
After this course the student is able to: · Describe the supply chain of a business in a concrete business situation. · Analyse the supply chain of a business in a concrete business situation · Give advice by means of recommendations to the business of choice. · Participate in a project team, perform team tasks and drives, in critical but comprehensive cooperation and coordination with team members the team assignment to the required deliverables. · Ddemonstrate reporting and presentation skills about international supply chain management. · Explain and motivate ideas, analysis, designs, decisions and recommendations in writing and oral presentations. · Cooperate with other students to write a paper with recommendations that all agree to. · Make a planning with team members to meet requested deadlines. 2.2 Learning outcomes 2.3
Kennisbasis
Global supply chain management 2 (GSCM 2) follows on Global Supply Chain Management 1 (GSCM 1). The student will form a group of four students with whom the student will write a paper on the supply chain management of a company that the student has found. The student has to have at least one interview at this company with a person who is involved with international supply chain management. Not all businesses are allowed and it needs to be approved by the teacher. The business must be involved in international distribution or international supply chain management in one of the three following ways: · It is active as a manufacturing, trading or logistics service providing in an international environment. · The business has to be involved with the flow of goods in an international environment: it has to send or receive something for which producing, storage and transport is required. · The business has a consulting, controlling or ICT function for companies that are involved in international distribution and / or supply chain management. Please also note that the company shouldn’t be too small and its activities must be relevant. The company must work in an international environment. Based on the information from the interviews and the theory learned in GSCM 1 the student must write a paper on the supply chain of the company. Next to a description of the supply chain the student must also form his own opinion of the efficiency of the supply chain and give recommendations to improve the company’s supply chain. Main components that are expected in the paper are: · The position and function towards the flow of goods in the supply chain · Description and analysis of the supply chain of the company · The way the company controls its supply chain: which forms of integration and IT does the business make use of? · The added value the business offers to its customers and especially the role of supply chain management in this. · Benchmark your business with other business in the same branch or with the theory you have learned: give recommendations based on this. 2.4 Ingangseisen Geen Kosten en 2.5 studiematerialen Geen kosten Materiaal: Boek (verplicht) : Designing and managing the supply chain; Simchi Levi; 2.6 Workload
160/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Contactduur (uren): 12 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 12 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal. 2.7 Opmerkingen 2.8
URL cursussite
161/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Titel
Globalization Finance and Accounting
Opleidingsvariant
Werkvorm: Voltijd Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10
Cursuscode Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentiemogelijkheden? Contactpersoon Voertaal Werkvormen:
MBIB-GFINMAN-08 Globalization Finance and Accounting Globalization Finance and Accounting 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
MA Brown (tel. 0884816401) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvorm
Aanwezigheid verplicht?
Frequentie
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
Werkcollege 2
niet verplicht
7 maal per blok
560 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 4: blok 4
Werkcollege 1
niet verplicht
7 maal per blok
560 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 4: blok 4
1.11
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden?
Toetsen:
Toetsvorm
Resultaatschaal
Minimum cijfer
Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
Written Exam
Standaard
4
100
2
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden? bij aanvangsblok 4: 1. blok 4, week 16 2. blok 5, week 27
162/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1
Korte beschrijving
Globalization, Financial Management is a second year, course in Financial Managerial and Cost Accounting, required by all second year students following the IBMS course of the University of Applied Sciences, Utrecht. The course is a continuation off and builds on the foundation of Business Economics Year 1 course. The course will advance your understanding of the role of cost and managerial information in a business organization. We will focus and learn the methods for presenting information to management for profit and cost recognition, budgeting and cost control, product pricing and behaviour, variance analyses, short and long term capital investment decision analyses and ratio analyses. What is taught in Finance sometimes seems far away from reality. The terms are new, formulas may seem difficult and the concepts don’t seem to apply to anything you’ve ever heard about. However, finance is a real and working reality in everyday life. Apple continues to generate large profits from sales of its i-Phone and i-Pads. How and when does the Dutch NS recognise its costs and profits from the OV chip card? Groupon underestimated its budgeted revenues. During class, theory and calculations will be complimented with real life discussions and situations from the international business world, with input from you the student, driving the arguments and class discussion forward.
The course will make Finance understandable and applicable to you, as an entrepreneur starting your own business and will be applicable to the 2nd year Business Plan Project or in a future career role as a Financial Business/Marketing Analyst or a Financial/Product/Business Unit Controller. 2.2
Learning outcomes
2.3
Kennisbasis
Apply the basis of accrual accounting and in making the corresponding and correct journal entries and explain its effect on a company’s cash flow. Indentify, describe and construct the basic components of a classified balance sheet, multi and single step income statement and explain the difference in their use and application. Indentify, describe and construct the basic components of budgeting, managements role and apply guidelines for preparing budgets. Prepare and calculate a sales, production, materials, purchase, labour overhead and cash budget Define what are standard costs, how they are developed and computed and its use by managers. Compute direct material, labour and overheard variances and explain how managers use variances analyses to control costs and how to evaluate performance. Identify issues related to and compute and estimate currently liabilities. Calculating and analysing financial performance using financial statements. Define the time value money and apply its future and present values to simple accounting equations Define the time value money and apply its future and present values to simple accounting equations Apply incremental analysis to decide on outsourcing decisions, special orders, segment profitability and sales mix decisions to evaluate in short run decision analyses
2.4
Ingangseisen
Geen Kosten en studiematerialen
2.5
Geen kosten Materiaal: Boek (verplicht) : Financial and Managerial Accounting; Needles; 9780538742979; 9; Houghton mifflin/cengage; 2.6
Workload
Contactduur (uren): 19 Toetsduur (uren): 3 Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 22
163/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal. 2.7
Opmerkingen
2.8
URL cursussite
164/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Titel
Graduation Project Research Skills
Opleidingsvariant
Werkvorm: Voltijd Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10
Cursuscode Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentiemogelijkheden? Contactpersoon Voertaal Werkvormen: Werkvorm
Computer test
Training session
1.11
Aanwezigheid verplicht?
verplicht
verplicht
MBIB-GRPRRESK-09 Graduation Project Research Skills Graduation Project Research Skills 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
SM Ashley (tel. 088 - 481 6345) (
[email protected]) Engels
Frequentie
1 maal per blok
6 maal per blok
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden?
180 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1 bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
480 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1 bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
Toetsen:
Toetsvorm
Assignment 1 Literature review
Assignment 2 Research proposal
Resultaatschaal
Standaard
Standaard
Minimum cijfer
5,5
5,5
Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
50
50
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden?
4
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 36 2. blok 2, week 46 bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 3, week 6 2. blok 4, week 16
4
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6 bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 4, week 16 2. blok 5, week 27
165/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1
Korte beschrijving
Upon successful completion of this course, students should be able to: (1) conduct an academic literature search using library and electronic resources; (2) review academic literature; (3) write an academic essay using the APA Style referencing system; (4) apply theoretical concepts to a practical research plan; and (5) write an academic research proposal.
2.2
Learning outcomes
2.3
Kennisbasis
To demonstrate the acquisition of those competencies necessary for an international business manager, fourth year students must complete a graduation assignment while on internship. This training course prepares students for this by enabling them to produce a sound academic literature review and field research plan on which to base their research project. Students should concentrate on an area of study covered extensively in the IBMS curriculum such as business administration, finance or marketing. WORKLOAD: Total hours: 84 hours including 12 training sessions (16 hours), 2 computer tests (6 hours), literature review + homework (31 hours), and field research proposal + homework (31 hours)
2.4 Geen
Ingangseisen Kosten en studiematerialen
2.5
Geen kosten Materiaal: Boek (aanbevolen) : Doing Research; N. Verhoeven; 9789047300649; laatste; Boom Academic; 2.6 Workload Contactduur (uren): 11 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 11 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal. 2.7 Opmerkingen 2.8
URL cursussite
166/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Titel
International Economics
Opleidingsvariant
Werkvorm: Voltijd Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10
Cursuscode Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentiemogelijkheden? Contactpersoon Voertaal Werkvormen:
Nee
GL van Leeuwen (tel. 088-481 6519) (
[email protected]) Engels
Aanwezigheid verplicht?
Werkvorm
Werkcollege
1.11
MBIB-INTECO-00 International Economics International Economics 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase)
niet verplicht
Frequentie
7 maal per blok
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
840 minuten
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden? bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2 bij aanvangsblok 4: blok 4
Toetsen:
Toetsvorm
Centraal Schriftelijk tentamen
Resultaatschaal
Standaard
Minimum cijfer
4
Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
100
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
4
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden? bij aanvangsblok 2: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6 bij aanvangsblok 4: 1. blok 4, week 16 2. blok 5, week 27
167/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1
Korte beschrijving
2.2
Learning outcomes
2.3
Kennisbasis
At the end of the module the student should be able to analyse and discuss the various ways in which governments try to stimulate economic growth and achieve macroeconomic stability, as well as the problems and dilemmas they face in this respect. He will understand why countries trade and what constraints companies face when trading internationally. Also the student should master the basics of international economics, like the balance of payments and exchange rate theory. Furthermore, he will learn about the economic integration of the European Union and its impacts on consumers and producers. In specific, the following professional-specific IBMS competencies are targeted: the student can describe the key elements of general economics and relate these to international trade. He/she can describe the international trade systems, international financial relations and the role of capital flows; the student is able to identify financial issues in the media and explain these. WORKLOAD: Total studyload in hours per student is 84 [3 EC'S] Class contact hours: 21 hours (7 x 3) End of chapter Assignments: 27 hours Reading time: 34 hours (ca. 7 x 5) Exam:
2 hours
2.4 Geen
Ingangseisen Kosten en studiematerialen
2.5
Geen kosten Materiaal: Boek (verplicht) : International Economics; Gerber; 978-0-321-46853-6; 5; Pearson; 2.6 Workload Contactduur (uren): 14 Toetsduur (uren): 1 Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 15 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal. 2.7 Opmerkingen 2.8
URL cursussite
168/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Titel
International Finance 1
Opleidingsvariant
Werkvorm: Voltijd Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10
Cursuscode Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentiemogelijkheden? Contactpersoon Voertaal Werkvormen:
MBIB-INTFIN1-09 International Finance 1 International Finance 1 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
F Iranpour (tel. 088-4816957) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvorm
Aanwezigheid verplicht?
Frequentie
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
Tutorials
niet verplicht
7 maal per blok
840 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1
Lecture
niet verplicht
7 maal per blok
840 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1
1.11
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden?
Toetsen:
Toetsvorm
Resultaatschaal
Minimum cijfer
Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
Written Exam
Standaard
4
100
2
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden? bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 36 2. blok 2, week 46
169/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1
Korte beschrijving
2.2
Learning outcomes
2.3
Kennisbasis
2.1
Learning Objectives
1. Have a basic background on the current international financial environment 2. Have the ability to describe and understand the consequences of the various risks inherent in international business 3. Understand, and know how to account for, exchange rate risk management techniques like forwards, futures, options, and money market hedges 4. Understand exchange rate behavior and its effect on economic, transactional and translational exposure 5. Understand and be able to contribute to the management control of a multinational organization 6. Understand some of the differences in international accounting and realize the movement toward a global harmonization of Accounting 7. Have an increased understanding of corporate strategy in an international environment via this course and its interaction the Intopia project 8. Understanding the interactions and the interdependence of the various functions in an international organization, and how they are all necessary to achieve the overall goals and objectives of an international firm. 9. Be able to work analytically, write problem solving reports and be aware of current international business news and events that impact international financial management 10. Can interpret financial statements 11. Can evaluate arguments qua correctness and relevance 12 .Can analyze problems 13. Can work accurately 14. Can work under pressure and meet deadlines. WORKLOAD: 4.1 Study Load Class Contact Hours Readings (2.5 hours per week) Problem Solving (2 hours per week) Individual Assignments Exam Preparation:
2.4 Geen 2.5
80 Hours: 14 hours 18 hours 14 hours 28 hours 6 hours
Ingangseisen Kosten en studiematerialen
Geen kosten Materiaal: Boek (verplicht) : International Financial Management; Jeff Madura and Roland Fox; 978184480 3606; ; Thomson press/cengage; 2.6 Workload Contactduur (uren): 28 Toetsduur (uren): 2 Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 30 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
170/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2.7
Opmerkingen
2.8
URL cursussite
171/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Titel
International Finance 2
Opleidingsvariant
Werkvorm: Voltijd Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10
Cursuscode Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentiemogelijkheden? Contactpersoon Voertaal Werkvormen:
MBIB-INTFIN2-09 International Finance 2 International Finance 2 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
F Iranpour (tel. 088-4816957) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvorm
Aanwezigheid verplicht?
Frequentie
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
Tutorials
niet verplicht
7 maal per blok
560 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2
Lecture
niet verplicht
7 maal per blok
840 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2
1.11
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden?
Toetsen:
Toetsvorm
Resultaatschaal
Minimum cijfer
Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
Written Exam
Standaard
4
100
2
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden? bij aanvangsblok 2: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6
172/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1
Korte beschrijving
2.2
Learning outcomes
2.3
Kennisbasis
2.1Competencies and course objectives
After having followed and passed this course, the student is able to: Describe common motives for initiating direct foreign investment (DFI) Illustrate the benefits of international diversification Compare the capital budgeting analysis of an MNCs (Multinational Corporations) subsidiary versus its parent Demonstrate how multinational capital budgeting can be applied to determine whether an international project should be implemented Explain how the risk of international projects can be assessed Provide a background on how MNCs use international acquisitions as a form of multinational restructuring Explain how MNCs conduct valuations of foreign target firms Explain why valuations of a target firm vary among MNCs that plan to restructure by acquiring a target Identify other types of multinational restructuring, besides national acquisitions Identify the common factors used by MNCs to measure a country’s political and financial risk
Explain the techniques used to measure country risk
Explain how MNCs use the assessment of country risk when making financial decisions
Explain how corporate and country characteristics influence an MNCs cost of capital
Explain why there are differences in the costs of capital among countries
Explain how corporate and country characteristics are considered by an MNC when it establishes its capital structure
Explain why MNCs consider long-term financing in foreign currencies
Explain how to assess the feasibility of long-term financing in foreign currencies.
Explain how the assessment of long-term financing in foreign currencies is adjusted for bonds with floating interest rates Illustrate the possible benefits of financing with a portfolio of currencies
Explain the difference in analyzing cash flows from a subsidiary perspective and from a parent perspective
Explain the various techniques used to optimize cash flows and common complications in optimizing cash flows
Understand some of the differences in international accounting and realize the movement toward a global harmonization of Accounting
Have an increased understanding of corporate strategy in an international environment via this course and its interaction with the Intopia project
Understand the interactions and the interdependence of the various functions in an international organization, and how they are all necessary to achieve the overall goals and objectives of an international firm.
Be able to work analytically, write problem solving reports and be aware of current international business news and events that impact international financial management
Be able to give a presentation about an aspect of a MNCs international financial management process vis a vis current events
WORKLOAD:
173/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
4.1 Study Load Class Contact Hours 14 hours Readings (2.5 hours per week) 18 hours Problem Solving (2 hours per week) Individual Assignments 28 hours
80 Hours:
14 hours
Exam Preparation: 6 hours 2.4 Ingangseisen Geen Kosten en 2.5 studiematerialen Geen kosten Materiaal: Boek (verplicht) : International Financial management; Jeff Madura and Roland Fox; 978 1 84480 360 6; 2; thompson press/ CENGAGE; 2.6 Workload Contactduur (uren): 23 Toetsduur (uren): 2 Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 25 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal. 2.7 Opmerkingen 2.8
URL cursussite
174/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Titel
International Marketing For Exchange
Opleidingsvariant
Werkvorm: Voltijd Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10
Cursuscode Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentiemogelijkheden? Contactpersoon Voertaal Werkvormen:
MBIB-EXINTMAR-08 International Marketing For Exchange students International Marketing For Exchange students 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
PJM Jaspers (tel. 088 481 6447) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvorm
Aanwezigheid verplicht?
Frequentie
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
Hoorcollege
niet verplicht
7 maal per blok
840 minuten
1.11
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden? bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
Toetsen:
Toetsvorm
Resultaatschaal
Minimum cijfer
Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
Written Exam
Standaard
4
100
2
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden? bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 3, week 6 2. blok 4, week 16
175/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1
Korte beschrijving
2.2
Learning outcomes
2.3
Kennisbasis
2.4 Geen
Ingangseisen
2.5
Kosten en studiematerialen
Geen kosten Materiaal: Boek (verplicht) : Global Marketing; Keegan; ; ; ; 2.6 Workload Contactduur (uren): 14 Toetsduur (uren): 2 Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 16 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal. 2.7 Opmerkingen 2.8
URL cursussite
176/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Titel
International Sales Management
Opleidingsvariant
Werkvorm: Voltijd Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10
Cursuscode Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentiemogelijkheden? Contactpersoon Voertaal Werkvormen:
Nee
W Klijnstra (tel. 088-4816955) (
[email protected]) Engels
Aanwezigheid verplicht?
Werkvorm
Werkcollege
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
Frequentie
verplicht
Werkcollege
1.11
MBIB-INTSAMAN-09 International Sales Management International Sales Management 6 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase)
7 maal per blok
verplicht
7 maal per blok
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden?
840 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1 bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
840 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1 bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
Toetsen:
Toetsvorm
Assessment
Written Exam
Resultaatschaal
Standaard
Standaard
Minimum cijfer
5,5
5,5
Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
50
50
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden?
4
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 36 2. blok 2, week 46 bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 3, week 6 2. blok 4, week 16
4
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 36 2. blok 2, week 46 bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 3, week 6 2. blok 4, week 16
177/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1
Korte beschrijving
2.2
Learning outcomes
2.3
Kennisbasis
Customer Relationship Management - CRM General Objectives . Analyzing problems and making judgements; is able to break problems down into component parts and make reasoned judgements. . Problem solving and decisiveness; respond constructively to problems by analyzing them into simple lists of tasks or activities, making choices and transforming these into actions. . Visioning; long-term thinking and making choices based on general outlines. . Creativity; breaks fresh, new ground, finds solutions. . Project management; planning, organizing and monitoring the progress of a project in a team situation. . B2B customer-oriented; organizes one’s activities in accordance with customers’ needs with a view to maintaining longstanding relations, both internally and externally. - CRM Specific learning objectives 1. The student sees the marketing clear reasons to distinguish the customers in attractive, medium attractive and less attractive. 2. The student knows the performance indicators needed to create customer groups. 3. The student knows the ICT-software (e.g. Excel) for creating a relevant information system. 4. The student knows the advantages and disadvantages of the available types of media; personal, semi-personal or non-personal in B2B. 5. The student knows the essence of CRM in Account Management in B2B-customer loyalty programs. 6. The student knows how to examine how marketers are using the emerging technological innovations to better communicate with their B2B target markets. 7. The student is able to investigate the dissatisfaction of B2B-customers with the current company policy and creating the performance indicators for the service-quality of services. Planning, organising and monitoring the progress of a project in a team situation. 8. The student understands the nature and scope of international Account Management activities. Responds constructively to problems by analysing them into simple lists of tasks or activities, making choices and transforming these into actions. 9. The student is able to write in understandable and accessible language a Account plan: one-to-one to B2B and B2G (G=government). 10. The student is capable to long-term thinking and making choices based on general outlines. Breaks fresh, new ground; finds new solutions. - CRM Competences . Is able to independently draft and defend a B2B-plan, based on CRM in Account management; . Is in the position to explain the B2B-philosophy (‘company DNA’) of a specific B2B-company; . Is able to describe key aspects of business economics and relate these to the international financial management of a business or organization; . Can use data to indicate how to optimize international sales and purchasing processes; . Can defend his CRM sales strategic decisions in Account Management; . Can play an active part in ‘project management’ and, if necessary, act as the project leader; . Has analytical skills and problem-solving abilities – can make a reasoned selection between alternative solutions and evaluate the result; . Reads international specialist literature – also on the internet, and has a state-of-the art ICT system; . Can indicate how ICT within an organization will lead to an improvement of both the internal and external information. Uses relevant ICT techniques and (planning) systems in his activities; . Can make a proposal and draft a report, applying his knowledge, skills and creativity in generating well-ordered ideas and using practical examples to support his proposals; . Can use the most important statistical concepts and procedures, for instance within the framework of quantitative intercountry research; is capable of independent data processing to can use the most important statistical concepts and
178/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
procedures, for instance within the framework of quantitative inter-country research.
WORKLOAD: Customer Relationship (CRM) Total study burden in hours per student = 3 EC (European credits); 28 hours x 3 EC course = 84 hours. Activities hours (net) ECTS Lectures (7 weeks) 17,5 1,5 Total weekly study 15 Theory assignments (2) 12,5 CRM-Company Presentation / assignment
2.4 Geen
25
1,5
Ingangseisen Kosten en studiematerialen
2.5
Geen kosten Materiaal: Boek (verplicht) : Managing Customers as Investments; S. Gupta & Donald R. Lehmann ; 0-13-142895-0; 1; Prentice Hall Diversen (verplicht) : articles provided; Boek (verplicht) : Selling and Sales Management; D. Jobber & G. Lancaster; 978-0-273-72065-2; 8; Pearson; 2.6 Workload Contactduur (uren): 28 Toetsduur (uren): 2 Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 30 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal. 2.7 Opmerkingen 2.8
URL cursussite
179/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Titel
Internship 1
Opleidingsvariant
Werkvorm: Voltijd Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10
Cursuscode Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentiemogelijkheden? Contactpersoon Voertaal Werkvormen:
MBIB-INTERSH1-08 Internship 1 Internship 1 15 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
IK Wieringa (tel. 088-4816401) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvorm
Aanwezigheid verplicht?
Frequentie
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
Voorlichting/terugkom
niet verplicht
1 maal per blok
60 minuten
bij aanvangsblok JAAR: blok JAAR
Voorlichting/terugkom
niet verplicht
1 maal per blok
90 minuten
bij aanvangsblok JAAR: blok JAAR
1.11
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden?
Toetsen:
Toetsvorm
Resultaatschaal
Minimum cijfer
Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden?
Assignment
Standaard
4
100
2
bij aanvangsblok JAAR: 1. blok JAAR 2. blok JAAR
180/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1
Korte beschrijving
2.2
Learning outcomes
2.3
Kennisbasis
Internship I, MBIB-INTERSH1-08 is intended as a general exploration of the future field of employment. As Hogeschool Utrecht puts a strong emphasis on problem-oriented thinking, it is important that in this internship the student gets a clear picture of professional practice, actively participates in the day-to-day work, and performs analytical work in the context of short-term projects.
The student has the opportunity to gain practical, relevant working experience and to get an impression of the international business community, as well as an opportunity to further develop his personal and professional skills in an international working environment related to the IBMS curriculum, i.e. Business Logistics, Financial Accounting and Marketing Management.
The second-year student has to participate in the operational activities of the host company and his responsibilities will usually be limited to analysing and/or implementing (parts of) assignments relating to the students’ interests.
Students will be responsible for finding an internship company in accordance with the company requirements (page 5). The advantages of this policy are that the student will acquire skills in applying for a job, acquisition, networking and negotiation. The internship will be rewarded with 15 ECs. More information about this course: A more elaborate description of the content of this course can be found on the sharepointsite https://www.sharepoint.hu.nl/sites/CursuswijzersFEM. There you will also find a description of the competences and skills to be obtained.
2.4 Geen
Ingangseisen Kosten en studiematerialen
2.5 Geen kosten
2.6 Workload Contactduur (uren): 3 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 3 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal. 2.7 Opmerkingen 2.8
URL cursussite
https://cursussen.sharepoint.hu.nl/fem/6/MBIB-INTERSH1-08
181/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Titel
Internship/Graduation Project
Opleidingsvariant
Werkvorm: Voltijd Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10
Cursuscode Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentiemogelijkheden? Contactpersoon Voertaal Werkvormen:
MBIB-INTGRAD-11 Internship/Graduation Project Internship/Graduation project 30 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
CA Rau (tel. 6348) (
[email protected]) Nederlands
Werkvorm
Aanwezigheid verplicht?
Project:goes from block A-C
niet verplicht
1.11
Frequentie
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden? bij aanvangsblok JAAR: blok JAAR
Toetsen:
Toetsvorm
Resultaatschaal
Minimum cijfer
Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden?
Assessment
Standaard
4
100
2
bij aanvangsblok JAAR: 1. blok JAAR 2. blok JAAR
182/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1
Korte beschrijving
2.2
Learning outcomes
2.3
Kennisbasis
More information about this course: A more elaborate description of the content of this course can be found on the sharepointsite https://www.sharepoint.hu.nl/sites/CursuswijzersFEM. There you will also find a description of the competences and skills to be obtained.
2.4 Geen
Ingangseisen Kosten en studiematerialen
2.5 Geen kosten
2.6 Workload Contactduur (uren): Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 0 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal. 2.7 Opmerkingen 2.8
URL cursussite
https://cursussen.sharepoint.hu.nl/fem/6/MBIB-INTGRAD-11
183/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Titel
Intopia for Exchange students
Opleidingsvariant
Werkvorm: Voltijd Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10
Cursuscode Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentiemogelijkheden? Contactpersoon Voertaal Werkvormen:
MBIB-EXINTOPI-08 Intopia for Exchange students Intopia For Exchange Students 6 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
CA Rau (tel. 6348) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvorm
Aanwezigheid verplicht?
Frequentie
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
Lecture
verplicht
2 maal per blok
300 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 4: blok 4
Tutorial
verplicht
1 maal per blok
180 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 4: blok 4
Lecture
verplicht
1 maal per blok
150 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 4: blok 4
Tutorial
verplicht
2 maal per blok
360 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 4: blok 4
Tutorial
verplicht
4 maal per blok
720 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 4: blok 4
1.11
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden?
Toetsen:
Toetsvorm
Resultaatschaal
Minimum cijfer
Group and individual Assignments
Standaard
4
Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
100
2
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden? bij aanvangsblok 4: 1. blok 4, week 16 2. blok 5, week 27
184/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1
Korte beschrijving
2.2
Learning outcomes
2.3
Kennisbasis
Learning Objectives After finishing this course the student: Is able to develop a complete financial budget, create financial forecasts and devise financial plans and budgets Can calculate costs for reasons of cost price calculations, breakeven calculations, and for decision making purposes Has the ability to begin to write and defend a financial plan for a (start-up) company Has the ability to pro-actively seek and commercially evaluate business opportunities for both new and existing products/services Can take risks in order to optimise business profit. Will understand Classic business strategy, economies of scale, scope, & experience, proprietary technology, brand loyalty, control of distribution systems, differential inputs (i.e. low cost labour), Game theory: balancing co-operation & competition, multi-market contact and strategic alliances; Classic international business decisions & problems: coordination of global sourcing, market selection, choice of entry mode, large transportation costs & time lags, exchange rate fluctuations, differences in wage rates, taxes, inflation. Etc. WORKLOAD: Workload: Intopia is a 6 ec course. Therefore the total workload is 164 hours.
In Intopia , this will average AT LEAST 20 hours per student per week. 2.4 Geen
Ingangseisen Kosten en studiematerialen
2.5
Geen kosten Materiaal: Diversen (verplicht) : Executive guide and syllabus (to be downloaded from Intopia Sharepoint site); 2.6 Workload Contactduur (uren): 29 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 29 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal. 2.7 Opmerkingen 2.8
URL cursussite
185/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Titel
Intopia
Opleidingsvariant
Werkvorm: Voltijd Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10
Cursuscode Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentiemogelijkheden? Contactpersoon Voertaal Werkvormen:
MBIB-INTOPIA-01 Intopia, a Management Solution Intopia, a Management Solution 6 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
CA Rau (tel. 6348) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvorm
Aanwezigheid verplicht?
Frequentie
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
Project
verplicht
7 maal per blok
1260 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2
Hoorcollege
verplicht
1 maal per blok
120 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2
1.11
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden?
Toetsen:
Toetsvorm
Resultaatschaal
Minimum cijfer
Group and individual Assignments
Standaard
4
Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
100
2
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden? bij aanvangsblok 2: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6
186/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1
Korte beschrijving
2.2
Learning outcomes
2.3
Kennisbasis
Learning Objectives After finishing this course the student: Is able to develop a complete financial budget, create financial forecasts and devise financial plans and budgets Can calculate costs for reasons of cost price calculations, breakeven calculations, and for decision making purposes Has the ability to begin to write and defend a financial plan for a (start-up) company Has the ability to pro-actively seek and commercially evaluate business opportunities for both new and existing products/services Can take risks in order to optimise business profit. Will understand Classic business strategy, economies of scale, scope, & experience, proprietary technology, brand loyalty, control of distribution systems, differential inputs (i.e. low cost labour), Game theory: balancing co-operation & competition, multi-market contact and strategic alliances; Classic international business decisions & problems: coordination of global sourcing, market selection, choice of entry mode, large transportation costs & time lags, exchange rate fluctuations, differences in wage rates, taxes, inflation. Etc. WORKLOAD:
Intopia is a 6 ec course. That means the total study burden is 164 hours of work. This breaks down into a minimum of 20 hours of work per week per student
2.4 Geen
Ingangseisen Kosten en studiematerialen
2.5
Geen kosten Materiaal: Reader (verplicht) : Executive Guide, Syllabus; ; ; 2.6 Workload Contactduur (uren): 23 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 23 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal. 2.7 Opmerkingen Lint 2.8 URL cursussite
187/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Titel
Lean StartUp
Opleidingsvariant
Werkvorm: Voltijd Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10
Cursuscode Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentiemogelijkheden? Contactpersoon Voertaal Werkvormen:
MBIB-LESTART-13 Lean StartUp Lean StartUp 5 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
RKD de Bruijn (tel. 0884816408) (
[email protected]) Nederlands
Werkvorm
Aanwezigheid verplicht?
Frequentie
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
Lessons Learnt Presentations
verplicht
7 maal per blok
1470 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
Lean StartUp Online Lecture
verplicht
7 maal per blok
840 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
Kick Off
verplicht
1 maal per blok
480 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
Management Skills Workshop
verplicht
6 maal per blok
720 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
Team Consultation
verplicht
7 maal per blok
1050 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
1.11
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden?
Toetsen:
Toetsvorm
Resultaatschaal
Lessons Learnt Final Presentation
invoeren in cijfers (1 t/m 10 of NA)
Management Skills Workshop Portfolio
Minimum cijfer
5,5
5,5
Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
80
20
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden?
3
bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 3, week 6 2. blok 4, week 16 3. blok 5, week 27
3
bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 3, week 6 2. blok 4, week 16 3. blok 5, week 27
188/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1
Korte beschrijving
2.2
Learning outcomes
2.3
Kennisbasis
2.4 Geen
Ingangseisen
2.5
Kosten en studiematerialen
Geen kosten 2.6 Workload Contactduur (uren): 76 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 76 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal. 2.7 Opmerkingen 2.8
URL cursussite
https://cursussen.sharepoint.hu.nl/fem/12/MBIB-LESTART-13
189/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Titel
Management & Organisation
Opleidingsvariant
Werkvorm: Voltijd Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10
Cursuscode Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentiemogelijkheden? Contactpersoon Voertaal Werkvormen:
MBIB-EXMANORG-06 Management & Organisation Management And Organisation 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
UC Massholder (tel. 6891) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvorm
Aanwezigheid verplicht?
Frequentie
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
Werkcollege 1
niet verplicht
7 maal per blok
560 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
Werkcollege 2
niet verplicht
7 maal per blok
560 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
1.11
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden?
Toetsen:
Toetsvorm
Resultaatschaal
Minimum cijfer
Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
Written Exam
Standaard
4
100
2
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden? bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 3, week 6 2. blok 4, week 16
190/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1
Korte beschrijving
2.2
Learning outcomes
2.3
Kennisbasis
By the end of this course you will have the attitude, knowledge and "people-skills" to work effectively as a manager in an international organization. As an international manager, you will be able to contribute to a sustainable organization. You will be able to predict the impact of individuals, as well as groups on behaviour in an organization and will be able to relate all of the above directly to employee productivity, satisfaction, absenteeism and turnover. WORKLOAD: • 3 ec • 84 hours study load • Two lectures in lecture hall of 60 minutes, divided over the block, and 7 weekly classes of 160 minutes • Lectures and classes = 2 + 18 hours = 20 hours • 28 hours reading for preparation (4 hours per week, 7 weeks, 14 chapters) • 7 hours homework and home study • 6 hours for assignment 1 • 6 hours for assignment 2 • 16 hours for preparation for exam • 1 hour for sitting the exam
2.4 Geen
Ingangseisen Kosten en studiematerialen
2.5
Geen kosten Materiaal: Boek (verplicht) : Organizational Behaviour; Robbins/Judge/Campbell; ; European Edition, 2010; ; 2.6 Workload Contactduur (uren): 19 Toetsduur (uren): 1 Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 20 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal. 2.7 Opmerkingen 2.8
URL cursussite
191/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Titel
Marketing 2
Opleidingsvariant
Werkvorm: Voltijd Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10
Cursuscode Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentiemogelijkheden? Contactpersoon Voertaal Werkvormen:
MBIB-MKG2-13 Marketing 2 Marketing 2 5 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
RKD de Bruijn (tel. 0884816408) (
[email protected]) Nederlands
Werkvorm
Aanwezigheid verplicht?
Frequentie
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
Seminar
verplicht
7 maal per blok
1050 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2
Presentations Assignments
verplicht
3 maal per blok
450 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2
Sales Training
verplicht
3 maal per blok
360 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2
1.11
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden?
Toetsen:
Toetsvorm
Resultaatschaal
Assessment
Written Exam
invoeren in cijfers (1 t/m 10 of NA)
Minimum cijfer
Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden?
5,5
40
2
bij aanvangsblok 2: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6
5,5
60
2
bij aanvangsblok 2: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6
192/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1
Korte beschrijving
The goal of this course is to train you, the student of business administration, to be customer-centric in your thinking and actions in marketing; i.e. to put the customer at the centre of your thinking. This means understanding and building market offerings based on customer value propositions as opposed to the more common product-centric world view. By the end of the course you will be able to name and explain the factors that influence the development of a customercentric business model. You will be able to make specific operational marketing analyses for a customer centric marketing plan.
2.2
Learning outcomes
2.3
Kennisbasis
In the foundation year, you were introduced to the language and concepts of the marketing. Marketing 2 will take your practical skills to the next level. The four marketing cornerstones of the Business Model Canvas; value propositions, customer segments, distribution channels and customer relationships, are the foundation for this course. You will learn additional concepts that add to your previously acquired marketing knowledge. You will be presented with new models that will give you a different perspective on marketing. The four P’s of marketing (Product, Price, Place, Promotion), make way for the four C’s of marketing (Customer needs, Cost to Customer, Convenience to Customer Purchase, Communication with the Customer) Using an existing real business situation, in the coming weeks, you will; segment your market and develop tested value propositions through targeting and positioning your market offering. make a competitor analysis and a market analysis, calculating Total Available Market and the Served Available Market, calculate and analyse pricing and distribution tactics and options, learn about building customer relationships and analyse how to effectively get, keep and grow customers, analyse and structure the sales organisation, explore pitfalls and best practice when it comes to international marketing. Lastly, you will undergo an intense sales training of 3 sessions in which you will learn how to effectively build customer relations in B2B markets. The workshop is run by experienced sales professionals who will groom you in a practical simulation of prepare for,- and holding, a first sales meeting.
2.4 Geen
Ingangseisen Kosten en studiematerialen
2.5
Geen kosten Materiaal: Boek (verplicht) : Principles of Marketing; Philip Kotler & Gary Armstrong; ; Edition 15, 14 or 13 (Global Edition); ; 2.6 Workload Contactduur (uren): 31 Toetsduur (uren): 8 Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 39 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal. 2.7 Opmerkingen 2.8
URL cursussite
https://cursussen.sharepoint.hu.nl/fem/12/MBIB-MKG2-13
193/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Titel
Organizational Behaviour and HRM
Opleidingsvariant
Werkvorm: Voltijd Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10
Cursuscode Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentiemogelijkheden? Contactpersoon Voertaal Werkvormen:
Nee
SA Ambrosius (tel. 088 481 6504) (
[email protected]) Engels
Aanwezigheid verplicht?
Werkvorm
Werkcollege
1.11
MBIB-OBHRM-11 Organizational Behaviour and HRM Organizational Behaviour and HRM 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase)
Frequentie
verplicht
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
7 maal per blok
630 minuten
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden? bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1 bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2 bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3 bij aanvangsblok 4: blok 4
Toetsen:
Toetsvorm
Resultaatschaal
Assessment HRM
Minimum cijfer
Standaard
Assessment OB
Standaard
5,5
5,5
Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
50
50
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden?
5
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 36 bij aanvangsblok 2: 1. blok 2, week 46 bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 3, week 6 bij aanvangsblok 4: 1. blok 4, week 16 2. blok 5, week 27
5
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 36 bij aanvangsblok 2: 1. blok 2, week 46 bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 3, week 6
194/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
bij aanvangsblok 4: 1. blok 4, week 16 2. blok 5, week 27
195/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1
Korte beschrijving
2.2
Learning outcomes
2.3
Kennisbasis
2.4 Geen
Ingangseisen
2.5
Kosten en studiematerialen
Geen kosten Materiaal: Boek (verplicht) : Human Resource Management; Beardwell; ; 6; ; Boek (verplicht) : Introduction to Organisation Theory; Ten Berghe; ; ; ; Boek (verplicht) : Organizational Behaviour; S. Robbins; ; ; ; 2.6 Workload Contactduur (uren): 11 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 11 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal. 2.7 Opmerkingen 2.8
URL cursussite
196/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Titel
Project Management
Opleidingsvariant
Werkvorm: Voltijd Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10
Cursuscode Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentiemogelijkheden? Contactpersoon Voertaal Werkvormen:
MBIB-PROMAN-13 Project Management Project Management 5 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
BL Pasian (tel. 6428) (
[email protected]) Nederlands
Werkvorm
Aanwezigheid verplicht?
Frequentie
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
Hoorcollege
niet verplicht
1 maal per blok
120 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
Training
verplicht
2 maal per blok
240 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
Simulatie
verplicht
2 maal per blok
600 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
Werkcollege
verplicht
3 maal per blok
360 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
1.11
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden?
Toetsen: Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden?
Toetsvorm
Resultaatschaal
Minimum cijfer
Final report
invoeren in cijfers (1 t/m 10 of NA)
5,5
50
2
bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 3, week 6 2. blok 4, week 16
5,5
50
2
bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 3, week 6 2. blok 4, week 16
Final report
197/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1
Korte beschrijving
2.2
Learning outcomes
2.3
Kennisbasis
2.4 Geen
Ingangseisen
2.5
Kosten en studiematerialen
Geen kosten 2.6 Workload Contactduur (uren): 22 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 22 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal. 2.7 Opmerkingen 2.8
URL cursussite
https://cursussen.sharepoint.hu.nl/fem/12/MBIB-PROMAN-13
198/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Titel
Project Management for Exchange
Opleidingsvariant
Werkvorm: Voltijd Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10
Cursuscode Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentiemogelijkheden? Contactpersoon Voertaal Werkvormen:
MBIB-EXPROMAN-08 Project Management for Exchange students Project Management for Exchange students 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
BL Pasian (tel. 6428) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvorm
Aanwezigheid verplicht?
Frequentie
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
Hoorcollege
verplicht
7 maal per blok
630 minuten
1.11
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden? bij aanvangsblok 4: blok 4
Toetsen:
Toetsvorm
Resultaatschaal
Minimum cijfer
Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
Assignment
Standaard
4
100
2
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden? bij aanvangsblok 4: 1. blok 4, week 16 2. blok 5, week 27
199/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1
Korte beschrijving
2.2
Learning outcomes
2.3
Kennisbasis
Upon successful completion of Project management, students should be able to: 1.
Combine perseverance and entrepreneurship to achieve predetermined objectives;
2.
Display internationally-oriented behavior, working in a multidisciplinary, multicultural team;
3.
Exhibit an open-minded, stress-resilient, assertive attitude;
4.
Use creative imagination to develop business ideas;
5.
Locate, summarize and apply relevant data;
6.
Plan time and prioritize so as to meet deadlines;
7.
Ask advice and report on progress and findings;
8.
Defend strategic marketing decisions;
9.
Provide a financial basis for a business plan / marketing plan;
10. Apply quality criteria to the process and final product; and 11. Brief finance, marketing and other business team members when writing their own plans. The PMT team members should be able to: 1. Effectively lead a discussion and chair a meeting; 2. Plan time and prioritize so as to meet deadlines; in addition to this PMT members should effectively make others meet their deadlines 3. Give constructive feedback to all other students.
WORKLOAD:
Project Management weeks times p week contact time 7 preparation contact time 7 self study 7 project assignment 7 presentation 1 3 EC course = 84 hours = 5040 minutes
2.4 Geen 2.5
minutes total 1 120 1 90 1 160 1 330 1 140 total
840 630 1120 2310 140 5040
Ingangseisen Kosten en studiematerialen
Geen kosten Materiaal: Boek (verplicht) : Project Management: a Practical Approach; Roel Grit; 9789001605063; 2; WoltersNoordhoff; 2.6 Workload
200/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Contactduur (uren): 11 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 11 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal. 2.7 Opmerkingen 2.8
URL cursussite
201/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Titel
Spanish Beginners 3
Opleidingsvariant
Werkvorm: Voltijd Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 Cursuscode 1.2 Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in 1.3 Engels 1.4 Aantal EC's 1.5 Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk 1.6 voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentie1.7 mogelijkheden?
MBIB-SPABEG3-01 Spanish Beginners 3 Spanish Beginners 3 6 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
KFL Biesemans Hoogewijs (tel. 088-4816497) (
[email protected]) Spaans, Engels
1.8 Contactpersoon 1.9 Voertaal 1.10 Werkvormen: Aanwezigheid verplicht?
Werkvorm
Training
verplicht
Training
verplicht
Frequentie
7 maal per blok
7 maal per blok
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden?
560 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1, blok 2 bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3, blok 4
560 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1, blok 2 bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3, blok 4
1.11 Toetsen:
Toetsvorm
Centraal Schriftelijk tentamen
Practicumtoets
Resultaatschaal
Standaard
Standaard
Minimum cijfer
4
4
Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
50
50
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden?
4
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 36 2. blok 2, week 46 bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 3, week 6 2. blok 4, week 16
4
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6 bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 4, week 16 2. blok 5, week 27
202/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1
Korte beschrijving
The main goal of this training course is to prepare students for international business with/ in Spanish-speaking countries. The course focuses on broadening your knowledge of Spanish and on awareness of cultural differences.
2.2
Learning outcomes
2.3
Kennisbasis
The course prepares students for a work placement in a Spanish-speaking country: it offers you the terminology of the business world and trains the skills needed in a Spanish-speaking business environment, such as: - introduce yourself - do some small talk (congratulations, goodbyes, express your opinion) - be spokes(who)man of a company - hold a business conversation - - understand general information, written and spoken - analyse international markets - deduce the salient issues in articles published in leading magazines or on the internet - give a presentation about a business subject - read and understand authentic texts from newspapers and relevant magazines, prospects, graphics, statistics etc. - - cooperate - convince others (orally and in writing) convince others (orally and in writing)
--
gain basic knowledge of countries and people (in Spain and Southern America) gain basic knowledge of countries and people (in Spain and Southern America)
gain basic knowledge of countries and people (in Spain and Southern America)
2.4
Ingangseisen
Geen Kosten en studiematerialen
2.5
Geen kosten Materiaal: Boek (verplicht) : Colegas 2(tekstboek + audio-CD); Gonzalez; 9789054517931; ; Intertaal; Boek (verplicht) : Colegas 2 (werkboek + audio CD); Gonzalez; 9789054517948; ; Intertaal; 2.6
Workload
Contactduur (uren): 19 Toetsduur (uren): 2 Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 21 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal. 2.7
Opmerkingen
2.8
URL cursussite
203/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Titel
Spanish Beginners 4
Opleidingsvariant
Werkvorm: Voltijd Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 Cursuscode 1.2 Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in 1.3 Engels 1.4 Aantal EC's 1.5 Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk 1.6 voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentie1.7 mogelijkheden? 1.8 Contactpersoon 1.9 Voertaal 1.10 Werkvormen:
MBIB-SPABEG4-01 Spanish Beginners 4 Spanish, Beginners 4 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
KFL Biesemans Hoogewijs (tel. 088-4816497) (
[email protected]) Spaans, Engels
Werkvorm
Aanwezigheid verplicht?
Frequentie
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
Training
verplicht
7 maal per blok
560 minuten
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden? bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1, blok 2
1.11 Toetsen:
Toetsvorm
Resultaatschaal
Minimum cijfer
Report+ Assignments
Standaard
4
Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
100
2
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden? bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6
204/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1
Korte beschrijving
This module will train you to become an independent speaker, preparing you for (business) communication in the Spanish speaking world. All skills (reading, writing, speaking and listening) will be practiced on intermediate level for day-to-day situations and business situations. Apart from the language, you will also learn more about Spanish culture. At the end you will reach B1 level (according to the European Framework) for all skills. (B1 or higher if you experienced the pleasure of living in a Spanish-speaking region for your internship or study semester abroad). 2.2
Learning outcomes
2.3
Kennisbasis
Spanish 4 includes the following topics: Term A: - listening comprehension: view 4 Spanish spoken films and report on it (record a summary of the plot and your appreciation of the film) - grammar: rehearsal of main tenses (past, future, conditional, imperative) - writing skills: write little (personal) stories in main tenses (past, future, conditional, imperative) - speaking: ask and answer questions about personal experiences in main tenses Term B: - speaking: speaking exercises (role games and small presentations) each week, preparation for oral assessment
reading: read 3 books on B1 level or higher, report on it at your oral assessment. WORKLOAD: 3 EC = 84 hours Term A lectures 7 *80 minutes Viewing 4 Spanish spoken films 4* 3h + record summary and opinion 4* 2h 6 writing exercises, 6* 3 hours (draft + definite version)
10 12 8 18
Term B lectures 5*80 minutes (speaking exercises) Reading: read 3 books on B1 level (or higher) 3* 6h Prepare oral assessment Oral assessment TOTAL
2.4 Geen
7 18 8 0.5
Ingangseisen Kosten en studiematerialen
2.5 Geen kosten
2.6 Workload Contactduur (uren): 9 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 9 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal. 205/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2.7
Opmerkingen
2.8
URL cursussite
206/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Titel
Strategic Marketing Management 1
Opleidingsvariant
Werkvorm: Voltijd Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10
Cursuscode Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentiemogelijkheden? Contactpersoon Voertaal Werkvormen:
Nee
G Rustenburg (tel. 0884816527) (
[email protected]) Engels
Aanwezigheid verplicht?
Werkvorm
Werkcollege
1.11
MBIB-SMM1-10 Strategic Marketing Management 1 Strategic Marketing Management 1 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase)
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
Frequentie
niet verplicht
7 maal per blok
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden? bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1 bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
840 minuten
Toetsen:
Toetsvorm
Assignment
Written Exam
Resultaatschaal
Standaard
Standaard
Minimum cijfer
5,5
5,5
Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
25
75
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden?
4
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 36 2. blok 2, week 46 bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 3, week 6 2. blok 4, week 16
4
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 36 2. blok 2, week 46 bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 3, week 6 2. blok 4, week 16
207/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1
Korte beschrijving
2.2
Learning outcomes
2.3
Kennisbasis
General Objectives 1. Analyzing problems and making judgements. Is able to break complex problems down into component parts and make reasoned judgements. 2. Problem solving and decisiveness Respond constructively to problems by analysing them into simple lists of tasks or activities, making choices and transforming these into actions. 3. Visioning; long-term thinking and making choices based on general outlines. 4. Creativity; breaks fresh, new ground; finds new solutions. 5. Social awareness; has knowledge of topical, social and cultural developments in society and applies this in a working environment. 6. Project Management; planning, organizing and monitoring the progress of a project in a team situation. 7. Customer-oriented Specific Learning Objectives Can provide a financial basis for an international marketing plan; Can name the principal aspects of international marketing management and indicate their impact on his own activities; Can use marketing data to indicate how to optimise international sales and purchasing processes; Can tell which implications consumer behaviour in various countries and cultures will have for a company’s marketing strategy; Can defend his strategic decisions in the field of marketing strategies and marketing management; Can identify the most important international companies and describe the structure of these organisations and their characteristic strengths and weaknesses; Is internationally oriented; his behaviour is flexible and customer-orientated; he combines perseverance and entrepreneurship to achieve predetermined objectives; Act in an international context according to the prevailing written and unwritten codes of conduct; Has analytical skills and problem-solving abilities – can make a reasoned selection between alternative solutions and evaluate the result; Can negotiate in an international context, taking cultural differences into account; Identify the problems of multinational organisations and is able to explain the role of organisations such as the EU and the World Bank; Describe international trade and markets, their political situations and economic ratios. Is able to make an effective use of the Internet. He is also able to obtain information from other sources and to process this information within his own network in such a way that the information is immediately retrievable. Describe international trade and markets, their political situations and economic ratios. Is able to make an effective use of the Internet. He is also able to obtain information from other sources and to process this information within his own network in such a way that the information is immediately retrievable. Professional Competencies International Business Awareness The ability to do an extensive research and to make a transparent synopsis of an international study. On this basis he can advise management on the opportunities and threats in the international legal and business environment. The student shows a clear interest in international developments beyond the immediate scope of his own activities and reads specialist literature on this topic. The ability to attune his own activities and those of the company to international trends. Intercultural Adaptability The student can recognise and appreciate cultural differences in behaviour and values. He has developed an open attitude and is motivated to work abroad. He can make effective use of empathy, or ‘frame of reference shifting’, to understand and be understood across cultural boundaries. He can maintain an international network essential to his tasks and to the company. International Strategic Vision Development
208/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
The ability to translate trends in the environment to opportunities and threats for the organisation. He should be able to assess an international strategic policy for a company, clearly defining the strategic limits. He can contribute to the adjustment of a vision and strategy. WORKLOAD: Total study burden in hours per student = 3 EC (European credits); 28 hours x 3 EC course = 84 hours. Activities hours (net) ECTS Lectures (7 weeks) 17,5 2 Total weekly study 28 Theory assignments (2) Exam preparation Exam
14,5
1
n.v.t. n.v.t.
He can assess the consequences of a vision and strategy for business policies and processes. Organisation Policy Development The ability to create an organizational policy while respecting the interdependence between company strategy, business structure and human resources processes Entrepreneurial Management The ability to contribute, in cooperation with others, to an optimal exploration by the company of the opportunities for both new and existing products/services in the market and the necessary risks involved. The student contributes to a pro-active opportunity-seeking attitude in the company and encourages the company to make effective use of these opportunities. Strategic (International) Marketing Management The ability to create, change and implement a strategic international marketing plan which includes an analysis of the international environment of the company’s position. The plan contains strategies in product development, pricing, distribution and international advertising and promotion.
2.4 Geen
Ingangseisen Kosten en studiematerialen
2.5
Geen kosten Materiaal: Boek (verplicht) : A view from the top; Cornelis A. de Kluyer & John A. Pearce; 978-0-13-501319-9; 3; Prentice Hall Diversen (verplicht) : articles provided; 2.6 Workload Contactduur (uren): 14 Toetsduur (uren): 2 Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 16 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten.
209/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal. 2.7 Opmerkingen 2.8
URL cursussite
210/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Titel
Strategic Marketing Management 2
Opleidingsvariant
Werkvorm: Voltijd Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10
Cursuscode Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentiemogelijkheden? Contactpersoon Voertaal Werkvormen:
Nee
G Rustenburg (tel. 0884816527) (
[email protected]) Engels
Aanwezigheid verplicht?
Werkvorm
Werkcollege
1.11
MBIB-SMM2-10 Strategic Marketing Management 2 Strategic Marketing Management 2 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase)
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
Frequentie
verplicht
7 maal per blok
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden? bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1 bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
840 minuten
Toetsen:
Toetsvorm
Assessment
Resultaatschaal
Standaard
Minimum cijfer
4
Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
100
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
4
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden? bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 36 2. blok 2, week 46 bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 3, week 6 2. blok 4, week 16
211/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1
Korte beschrijving
2.2
Learning outcomes
2.3
Kennisbasis
General Objectives 1. Analyzing problems and making judgements. Is able to break complex problems down into component parts and make reasoned judgements. 2. Problem solving and decisiveness Respond constructively to problems by analysing them into simple lists of tasks or activities, making choices and transforming these into actions. 3. Visioning; long-term thinking and making choices based on general outlines. 4. Creativity; breaks fresh, new ground; finds new solutions. 5. Social awareness; has knowledge of topical, social and cultural developments in society and applies this in a working environment. 6. Project Management; planning, organizing and monitoring the progress of a project in a team situation. 7. Customer-oriented Specific Learning Objectives Can provide a financial basis for an international marketing plan; Can name the principal aspects of international marketing management and indicate their impact on his own activities; Can use marketing data to indicate how to optimise international sales and purchasing processes; Can tell which implications consumer behaviour in various countries and cultures will have for a company’s marketing strategy; Can defend his strategic decisions in the field of marketing strategies and marketing management; Can identify the most important international companies and describe the structure of these organisations and their characteristic strengths and weaknesses; Is internationally oriented; his behaviour is flexible and customer-orientated; he combines perseverance and entrepreneurship to achieve predetermined objectives; Act in an international context according to the prevailing written and unwritten codes of conduct; Has analytical skills and problem-solving abilities – can make a reasoned selection between alternative solutions and evaluate the result; Can negotiate in an international context, taking cultural differences into account; Identify the problems of multinational organisations and is able to explain the role of organisations such as the EU and the World Bank; Describe international trade and markets, their political situations and economic ratios. Is able to make an effective use of the Internet. He is also able to obtain information from other sources and to process this information within his own network in such a way that the information is immediately retrievable. Describe international trade and markets, their political situations and economic ratios. Is able to make an effective use of the Internet. He is also able to obtain information from other sources and to process this information within his own network in such a way that the information is immediately retrievable. Professional Competencies International Business Awareness The ability to do an extensive research and to make a transparent synopsis of an international study. On this basis he can advise management on the opportunities and threats in the international legal and business environment. The student shows a clear interest in international developments beyond the immediate scope of his own activities and reads specialist literature on this topic. The ability to attune his own activities and those of the company to international trends. Intercultural Adaptability The student can recognise and appreciate cultural differences in behaviour and values. He has developed an open attitude and is motivated to work abroad. He can make effective use of empathy, or ‘frame of reference shifting’, to understand and be understood across cultural boundaries. He can maintain an international network essential to his tasks and to the company. International Strategic Vision Development
212/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
The ability to translate trends in the environment to opportunities and threats for the organisation. He should be able to assess an international strategic policy for a company, clearly defining the strategic limits. He can contribute to the adjustment of a vision and strategy. He can assess the consequences of a vision and strategy for business policies and processes. Organisation Policy Development The ability to create an organizational policy while respecting the interdependence between company strategy, business structure and human resources processes Entrepreneurial Management The ability to contribute, in cooperation with others, to an optimal exploration by the company of the opportunities for both new and existing products/services in the market and the necessary risks involved. The student contributes to a pro-active opportunity-seeking attitude in the company and encourages the company to make effective use of these opportunities. Strategic (International) Marketing Management The ability to create, change and implement a strategic international marketing plan which includes an analysis of the international environment of the company’s position. The plan contains strategies in product development, pricing, distribution and international advertising and promotion
WORKLOAD: Total study burden in hours per student = 3 EC (European credits); 28 hours x 3 EC course = 84 hours. Activities hours (net) Lectures (7 weeks) 17,5 Total weekly study 12,5 Theory assignments (2) 14 Company assignment
2.4 Geen
ECTS 1,5
40
1,5
Ingangseisen Kosten en studiematerialen
2.5
Geen kosten Materiaal: Boek (verplicht) : A view from the top; Cornelis A. de Kluyer & John A. Pearce; 978-0-13-501319-9; 3; Prentice Hall; Diversen (verplicht) : Case provided; 2.6 Workload Contactduur (uren): 14 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 14 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal. 2.7 Opmerkingen 2.8
URL cursussite
213/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
Titel
Strategy and Marketing 1 Strategy
Opleidingsvariant
Werkvorm: Voltijd Toets: Voltijd
Collegejaar
2013-2014
1 Organisatorische gegevens 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10
Cursuscode Cursusnaam Cursusnaam in Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Cursus toegankelijk voor studenten van andere faculteiten? Excellentiemogelijkheden? Contactpersoon Voertaal Werkvormen:
MBIB-STRMAR1-08 Strategy and Marketing 1 Strategy Strategy and Marketing 1 Strategy 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
W Klijnstra (tel. 088-4816955) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvorm
Aanwezigheid verplicht?
Frequentie
Totale contacttijd cursus in minuten
Werkcollege
niet verplicht
7 maal per blok
560 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1
Werkcollege
niet verplicht
7 maal per blok
560 minuten
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1
1.11
In welke blokken wordt de werkvorm aangeboden?
Toetsen: Weging (afgerond op hele procenten)
Aantal keren dat een toets wordt aangeboden in een collegejaar
In welke blokken wordt de toets aangeboden?
Toetsvorm
Resultaatschaal
Minimum cijfer
Assignment
Standaard
5,5
30
2
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 36 2. blok 2, week 46
Multiple Choice toets
Standaard
5,5
70
2
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 36 2. blok 2, week 46
214/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
2 Inhoudelijke gegevens 2.1
Korte beschrijving
2.2
Learning outcomes
2.3
Kennisbasis
General learning objectives - Analyzing problems and making judgements; is able to break complex problems down into component parts and make reasoned judgements. - Problem solving and decisiveness; respond constructively to problems by analysing them into simple lists of tasks or activities, making choices and transforming these into actions. Visioning; long-term thinking and making choice based on general outlines - Creativity; breaks fresh, new ground; finds new solutions. - Project Management; planning, organizing and monitoring the progress of a project in a team situation. - Customer-orientation; organizes one’s activities in accordance with customers’ needs with a view to maintaining longstanding relations, both internally and externally. Specific learning objectives - Is aware of the importance of a distinctive company strategy for successful business, now and in the future. Is aware of the strategic hierarchy in a company. - Is able to analyse company’s environment as well as the competences of the internal organisation. - Is able to think ‘out of the box’ or ‘inside out’. - Is able to implement strategies in clear actions. - Is able to make a clear and transparent report and synopsis about. WORKLOAD: Total study burden in hours per student = 3 EC (European credits); 28 hours x 3 EC course = 84 hours. Total hours: 84 Lectures (6 weeks x 80 minutes): 8 Workshops (6 weeks x 80 minutes): 8 Self study: 12 Assignment: 24 Exam preparation: 30 Exam: 2
2.4 Geen
Ingangseisen Kosten en studiematerialen
2.5
Geen kosten Materiaal: Boek (verplicht) : Strategic Management; Fred R. David; 978-0-13-703498-7; 13; Pearson; 2.6 Workload Contactduur (uren): 19 Toetsduur (uren): 2 Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 21 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal. 2.7 Opmerkingen 2.8
URL cursussite
215/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013
Study Guide for Bachelor’s programme in International Business & Management Studies 2013-2014
11 11.1
Appendices Teaching and Examination Regulations
The OER-FEM bachelors 2013-2014 is published on the informationsite www.reglementen.hu.nl See art. 46 OER-HU.
11.2
Other regulations
The exam rules and regulations document can be found via the informationsite Examorganisation FEM.
216/216 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, September 2013